Harvard University Press Fall 2010 Catalog

autumn / winter
2010

contents
GENERAL INTEREST ............1
ACADEMIC TRADE ............35
HUMANITIES ..................61
SOCIAL SCIENCE ..............64
RELIGION

&

CLASSICS .......69

SCIENCE .......................73
ECONOMICS

&

LAW ..........75

DISTRIBUTED BOOKS

........79

PAPERBACKS ..................97
RECENTLY PUBLISHED

.....116

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

.....119

ORDER INFORMATION

.....120

cover image:
Queen of Sheba. Conrad Kyeser,
Bellifortis, Bohemia, before 1405.
Parchment. 140 fols., 320 x 240 mm.
Göttingen, Niedersächsische Staatsund Universitätsbibliothek. Cod. philos.
63, fol. 122r., Menil Foundation, Hickey
and Robertson.
inside front cover photo:
“After the Ball” by Ramon Casas i Carbo
(1866–1932). Museu de Montserrat,
Abadia de Montserrat, Spain.
The Bridgeman Art Library.

catalog design:
sheila barrett-smith

Justice for Hedgehogs
Ronald Dworkin
The fox knows many things, the Greeks said, but the hedgehog knows one big thing. In his most
comprehensive work Ronald Dworkin argues that value in all its forms is one big thing: that
what truth is, life means, morality requires, and justice demands are different aspects of the
same large question. He develops original theories on a great variety of issues very rarely considered in the same book: moral skepticism, literary, artistic, and historical interpretation, free
will, ancient moral theory, being good and living well, liberty, equality, and law among many
other topics. What we think about any one of these must stand up, eventually, to any argument
we find compelling about the rest.

(
(
(
(

Skepticism in all its forms—philosophical, cynical, or post-modern—threatens that unity. The Galilean
revolution once made the theological world of value safe
for science. But the new republic gradually became a new
empire: the modern philosophers inflated the methods of
physics into a totalitarian theory of everything. They
invaded and occupied all the honorifics—reality, truth,
fact, ground, meaning, knowledge, and being—and dictated the terms on which
other bodies of thought
might aspire to them, and
skepticism has been the
Author Appearances
National Print Attention
inevitable result. We need
National Radio
a new revolution. We must
Campaign
make the world of science
National Print and
safe for value.
Online Advertising:
New York Times Book
Review, New York Review
of Books, The Atlantic,
New Republic, TLS,
London Review of Books,
New York Times Online,
New York Review of
Books Online, The
Nation Online,
Economist Online,
American Prospect
Online, National Public
Radio Online

R O N A L D D W O R K I N is

the 2007 Holberg Laureate.
He is Sommer Professor of
Law and Philosophy at New
York University and author
of many books, including Taking Rights
Seriously, A Matter of Principle, Law’s Empire,
Freedom’s Law, Sovereign Virtue, and Justice in
Robes (all from Harvard).

BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 506 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04671-9 | $35.00 (£24.95 UK) | PHILOSOPHY

( Online promotion

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

1

Peculiar Institution
America’s Death Penalty in an Age of Abolition
David Garland
“T ELLS

A FASCINATING AND IMPORTANT STORY THAT ILLUMINATES WHY THE DEATH

PENALTY IS SO PROBLEMATIC AND YET SO WELL SUITED TO

—AUSTIN S ARAT,

AUTHOR OF

A MERICAN

PRACTICES .”

W HEN THE S TATE K iLLS

America’s death penalty is a peculiar institution born and bred of political and cultural practices. Despite its abolition elsewhere, it continues as a social fact enforced in U.S. law and in
dozens of American states. In a brilliantly provocative study, David Garland explains this tenacity as the workings of a dynamic social system that acquired its
contemporary forms and meanings over time and that must be
understood in terms of past and present functioning.
Once universal in every society, the political environment of the death penalty has changed. America’s radical federalism and local democracy, as well its legacy of violence and
Sociology at New York
racism, account for our divergence from the rest of the West.
University.
Where elites of other nations were able to impose nationwide
abolition despite public objections, American elites are
unable—and unwilling—to end a decentralized punishment
that is embedded in popular culture.

D AV I D G A R L A N D is

Professor of Law and

In the course of hundreds of decisions, the federal
courts sought to rationalize and civilize an institution that had
too often resembled a “lynching,” producing layers of legal
process, delays, and reversals. Yet, the Supreme Court insists
that the issue is to be decided in the local political arena. Thus,
the death penalty continues to respond to popular opinion,
enhancing the power of criminal justice professionals, providing
media drama, and pleasing a public audience that consumes its
practice. Garland brings a new clarity to our understanding of
this peculiar institution—and a new challenge to supporters and
opponents alike.
BELKNAP PRESS | OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 3 FIGURES, 3 TABLES |
410 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05723-4 | $35.00 / COBE | CURRENT AFFAIRS

2

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

( National Print Attention
( National Radio
Campaign

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic,
Harper’s, New Republic,
The Nation, New York
Review of Books Online,
New Republic Online,
London Review of Books
Online, History News
Network
( Online promotion

Human Dignity
George Kateb
“T HE LAST—THAT IS , THE FIRST AND
A MERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT.”

ONLY—THOROUGHGOING

E MERSONIAN

IN

—CORNEL W EST, P RINCETON U NIVERSITY
“T O

READ

K ATEB

IS TO ENCOUNTER A WRITER OF WIDE RESOURCES AND ENORMOUS

SUBTLETY, BUT ALSO THAT RARER THING : A THINKER .”

—D AVID B ROMWICH , YALE U NIVERSITY
We often speak of the dignity owed to a person. And dignity is a
word that regularly appears in political speeches. Charters are promulgated in its name, and appeals to it are made when people all over
the world struggle to achieve their rights. But what exactly is dignity?
When one person physically assaults another, we feel the wrong
demands immediate condemnation and legal sanction. Whereas
when one person humiliates or thoughtlessly makes use of another,
we recognize the wrong and hope for a remedy, but the social
response is less clear. The injury itself may be hard to quantify.

G E O R G E K AT E B

is William Nelson
Cromwell
Professor of
Politics, Emeritus, Princeton University.

Given our concern with human dignity, it is odd that it has
received comparatively little scrutiny. Here, George Kateb asks what
human dignity is and why it matters
for the claim to rights. He proposes that dignity is an “existential” value that pertains to the identity of a person as a human
( National Print Attention
being.
To injure or even to try to efface someone’s dignity is to
( National Print and
treat that person as not human or less than human—as a thing
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
or instrument or subhuman creature. Kateb does not limit the
Books, The Atlantic, TLS,
notion of dignity to individuals but extends it to the human
London Review of Books,
species. The dignity of the human species rests on our uniqueHarper’s, New Republic,
The Nation, New York
ness among all other species. In the book’s concluding section,
Review of Books Online,
he argues that despite the ravages we have inflicted on it,
American Prospect
nature would be worse off without humanity. The supremely
Online
( Online promotion
fitting task of humanity can be seen as a “stewardship” of
nature. This secular defense of human dignity—the first booklength attempt of its kind—crowns the career of a distinguished political thinker.
BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 224 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04837-9 | $22.95 (£16.95 UK) | PHILOSOPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

3

Dickinson
Selected Poems and Commentaries
Helen Vendler
“T HE

BEST CLOSE READER OF POEMS TO BE FOUND ON THE LITERARY PAGES .”

—S EAMUS H EANEY
Seamus Heaney, Denis Donoghue, William Pritchard, Marilyn Butler, Harold Bloom, and many
others have praised Helen Vendler as one of the most attentive readers of poetry. Here, Vendler
turns her illuminating skills as a critic to 150 selected poems of Emily Dickinson. As she did in
The Art of Shakespeare’s Sonnets, she serves as an incomparable guide, considering both stylistic and imaginative features of the poems.

HELEN
V E N D L E R is

A. Kingsley
Porter University Professor at Harvard
University and author of many books,
including The Art of Shakespeare’s
Sonnets (Harvard).

In selecting these poems for commentary Vendler chooses to
exhibit many aspects of Dickinson’s work as a poet, “from her first-person
poems to the poems of grand abstraction, from her ecstatic verses to her
unparalleled depictions of emotional numbness, from her comic anecdotes
to her painful poems of aftermath.” Included here are many expected
favorites as well as more complex and less often anthologized poems.
Taken together, Vendler’s selection reveals Emily Dickinson’s development
as a poet, her astonishing range, and her
revelation of what Wordsworth called “the
history and science of feeling.”

In accompanying commentaries
Vendler offers a deeper acquaintance with
Dickinson the writer, “the inventive conceiver and linguistic shaper of her perennial themes.” All of
Dickinson’s preoccupations—death, religion, love, the natural
world, the nature of thought—are explored here in detail, but
Vendler always takes care to emphasize the poet’s startling imagination and the ingenuity of her linguistic invention. Whether
exploring less familiar poems or favorites we thought we knew,
Vendler reveals Dickinson as “a master” of a revolutionary verselanguage of immediacy and power. Dickinson: Selected Poems
and Commentaries will be an indispensable reference work for
students of Dickinson and readers of lyric poetry.
BELKNAP PRESS | SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 506 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04867-6 | $35.00 (£25.95 UK) | POETRY

4

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

( National Print Attention
( National Radio
Campaign

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Times Book
Review, New York Review
of Books, The Atlantic,
Harper’s, New Republic,
TLS, London Review of
Books, Poetry Magazine,
Poetry Nation, New York
Times Online, New York
Review of Books Online,
The Nation Online, New
Republic Online, London
Review of Books Online,
National Public Radio
Online
( Online promotion

The Naive and the
Sentimental Novelist
Orhan Pamuk
What happens within us when we read a novel? And how
does a novel create its unique effects, so distinct from those
of a painting, a film, or a poem? In this inspired, thoughtful,
deeply personal book, Orhan Pamuk takes us into the worlds
of the writer and the reader, revealing
their intimate connections.
Pamuk draws on Friedrich
Schiller’s famous distinction between
ORHAN
“naive” poets—who write spontaPA M U K , the
neously, serenely, unselfconsciously—
Turkish
and “sentimental” poets: those who
novelist, is
are reflective, emotional, questioning, and alive to the artifice of the writauthor of
ten word. Harking back to the beloved novels of his youth and ranging
Snow, My
through the work of such writers as Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, Stendhal,
Name Is Red, Istanbul, The Museum
Flaubert, Proust, Mann, and Naipaul, he explores the oscillation between
of Innocence, and other works. He
the naive and the reflective, and the
was
awarded the 2006 Nobel Prize
search for an equilibrium, that lie at the
in Literature. More information on
center of the novelist’s craft. He ponders
( National Print Attention
the author can be found at
the
novel’s
visual
and
sensual
power—
( National Print and
www.orhanpamuk.net.
Online Advertising:
its ability to conjure landscapes so vivid
New York Times Book
they can make the here-and-now fade
Review, New York Review
away. In the course of this exploration,
of Books, The Atlantic,
TLS, Bookforum, Boston
he considers the elements of character,
Review, New York Times
plot, time, and setting that compose the “sweet illusion” of the
Online, New York Review
fictional world.
of Books Online, London
Review of Books Online,
New Republic Online,
The Nation Online,
Harper’s Online,
American Prospect
Online, PopMatters.com,
National Public Radio
Online

( Online promotion

Anyone who has known the pleasure of becoming
immersed in a novel will enjoy, and learn from, this perceptive
book by one of the modern masters of the art.
THE CHARLES ELIOT NORTON LECTURES | NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 |
234 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05076-1 | $22.95 / COBE | LITERATURE
Photo by Sp encer Platt

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

5

Pride and Prejudice
An Annotated Edition
Jane Austen
Edited by Patricia Meyer Spacks
“R EADING AUSTEN ’ S

MASTERPIECE WITH

PATRICIA M EYER S PACKS ’ S

COMMENTARIES AT HAND IS LIKE READING IT WITH A BETTER , WISER FRIEND :
SOMEONE WHO IS ABLE TO ANTICIPATE OUR QUESTIONS AND REACTIONS AND
SOMEONE WHO ALSO KNOWS

AUSTEN

—D EIDRE LYNCH , U NIVERSITY

PAT R I C I A
MEYER
S PA C K S

is Edgar F. Shannon Professor of
English, Emerita, at the
University of Virginia.

AND HER PEOPLE INTIMATELY.”

OF

TORONTO

Along with the plays of William Shakespeare and the works of
Charles Dickens, Jane Austen’s novels are among the most beloved
books of Western literature. Pride and Prejudice (1813) was in
Austen’s lifetime her most popular novel, and it was the author’s
personal favorite. Adapted many times to the screen and stage, and
the inspiration for numerous imitations, it remains today her most
widely read book. Now, in this beautifully illustrated and annotated edition, distinguished scholar Patricia Meyer Spacks instructs
the reader in a larger appreciation of the novel’s enduring pleasures
and provides analysis of Darcy, Elizabeth Bennet, Lady Catherine,
and all the characters who inhabit
the world of Pride and Prejudice.

This edition will be treasured by specialists and firsttime readers, and especially by devoted Austen fans who think
of themselves as Friends of Jane. In her Introduction, Spacks
considers Austen’s life and career, the continuing appeal of Pride
and Prejudice, and its power as a stimulus for fantasy (Maureen
Dowd, writing in The New York Times, can hold forth at length
on Obama as a Darcy-figure, knowing full well her readers will
“understand that she wished to suggest glamour and sexiness”).
Her Introduction also explores the value and art of literary annotation. In her running commentary on the novel, she provides
notes on literary and historical contexts, allusions, and language
likely to cause difficulty to modern readers. She offers interpretation and analysis, always with the wisdom, humor, and light
touch of an experienced and sensitive teacher.
BELKNAP PRESS | OCTOBER | 9 X 9 1⁄2 | 74 COLOR ILLUS. | 424 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04916-1 | $35.00 (£24.95 UK) | LITERATURE

6

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

( National Print Attention

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, TLS,
London Review of Books,
Harper’s, New York
Review of Books Online,
The Atlantic Online,
London Review of Books
Online, New Republic
Online, JASNA News,
National Public Radio
Online
( Online promotion

Promenade dress, fashion plate
from Rudolph Ackermann,
Rep ositor y of A r ts, published
b et ween 1809 and 1829. The
Stapleton Collec tion / The
Bridgeman Ar t Librar y.

The Last Utopia
Human Rights in History
Samuel Moyn
“A

MOST WELCOME BOOK ,

T HE L AST U TOPiA

IS A CLEAR - EYED ACCOUNT OF THE

ORIGINS OF ‘ HUMAN RIGHTS ’: THE BEST WE HAVE .”

—TONY J UDT
Human rights offer a vision of international justice that today’s idealistic millions hold dear. Yet
the very concept on which the movement is based became familiar
only a few decades ago when it profoundly reshaped our hopes for an
improved humanity. In this pioneering book, Samuel Moyn elevates
that extraordinary transformation to center stage and asks what it
S A M U E L M OYN
reveals about the ideal’s troubled present and uncertain future.

is Professor of

For some, human rights stretch back to the dawn of WestHistory at
ern civilization, the age of the American and French Revolutions, or
Columbia
the post–World War II moment when the Universal Declaration of
University.
Human Rights was framed. Revisiting these episodes in a dramatic
tour of humanity’s moral history, The Last Utopia shows that it was
in the decade after 1968 that human rights began to make sense to
broad communities of people as the proper cause of justice. Across
eastern and western Europe, as well as throughout the United
States and Latin America, human rights crystallized in a few
short years as social activism and political rhetoric moved it
( National Print Attention
from the hallways of the United Nations to the global forefront.
( National Radio
Campaign

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, TLS,
London Review of Books,
Harper’s, Bookforum,
New York Review of
Books Online, London
Review of Books Online,
New Republic Online,
The Nation Online,
History News Network
( Online promotion

It was on the ruins of earlier political utopias, Moyn
argues, that human rights achieved contemporary prominence.
The morality of individual rights substituted for the soiled political dreams of revolutionary communism and nationalism as
international law became an alternative to popular struggle and
bloody violence. But as the ideal of human rights enters into
rival political agendas, it requires more vigilance and scrutiny
than when it became the watchword of our hopes.
BELKNAP PRESS | SEPTEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 1 LINE ILLUS. | 305 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04872-0 | $27.95 (£20.95 UK) | HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

7

What Is a Palestinian
State Worth?
Sari Nusseibeh
P RAISE

FOR

O NcE U PON A c OUNTRY: A PALESTiNiAN L iFE :

“N USSEIBEH ’ S AUTOBIOGRAPHY IS , PERHAPS , THE
M IDDLE E AST FOR DECADES .”

MOST IMPORTANT TO EMERGE

FROM THE

—M ORIS FARHI , T HE i NdEPENdENT
“A

DEEPLY ADMIRABLE BOOK BY A DEEPLY ADMIRABLE MAN .”

—L EON W IESELTIER , N EW YORK T iMES B OOK R EviEW
Can a devout Jew be a devout Jew and drop the belief in the rebuilding of the Temple? Can a devout Muslim be a devout Muslim and drop
the belief in the sacredness of the Rock? Can one right (the right of
SARI
return) be given up for another (the right to live in peace)? Can one
N U S S E I B E H is
claim Palestinian identity and still retain Israeli citizenship? What is a
the president of
Palestinian state worth? For over sixty years, the Israeli-Palestinian conAl-Quds University in Jerusalem
flict has been subjected to many solutions and offered many answers by
and the author of Once Upon a
diverse parties. Yet, answers are only as
Country: A Palestinian Life.
good as the questions that beget them.
It is with this simple, but powerful idea,
( National Print Attention
the idea of asking the basic questions
( National Radio
anew, that the renowned Palestinian
Campaign
philosopher and activist Sari Nusseibeh begins his book.
What Is a Palestinian State Worth? poses questions
about the history, meaning, future, and resolution of the
Israel/Palestine conflict. Deeply informed by political philosophy and based on decades of personal involvement with politics
and social activism, Nusseibeh’s moderate voice—global in its
outlook, yet truly grounded in his native city of Jerusalem—
points us toward a future which, as George Lamming once put
it, is colonized by our acts in this moment, but which must
always remain open.
FEBRUARY | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 234 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04873-7 |
$19.95 (£14.95 UK) | CURRENT AFFAIRS

8

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, TLS,
London Review of Books,
New Republic, The
Nation, Foreign Affairs,
New York Review of
Books Online, History
News Network
( Online promotion

Roosevelt’s Purge
How FDR Fought to Change the Democratic Party
Susan Dunn
In his first term in office, Franklin Roosevelt helped pull the nation out of the Great Depression
with his landmark programs. In November 1936, every state except Maine and Vermont voted
enthusiastically for his reelection. But then the political winds shifted. Not only did the Supreme
Court block some of his transformational experiments, but he also faced serious opposition
within his own party. Conservative Democrats such as Senators Walter George of Georgia and
Millard Tydings of Maryland allied themselves with Republicans
to vote down New Deal bills.
Susan Dunn tells the dramatic story of FDR’s unprecedented battle to drive his foes out of his party by intervening in
Democratic primaries and backing liberal challengers to conservative incumbents. Reporters branded his tactic a “purge”—and
the inflammatory label stuck. Roosevelt spent the summer months
of 1938 campaigning across the country, defending his progressive
policies and lashing out at conservatives. Despite his efforts, the
Democrats took a beating in the midterm elections.

( National Print Attention
( National Radio
Campaign

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic,
Harper’s, TLS, London
Review of Books, The
Atlantic Online, New
Republic Online, New
York Review of Books
Online, American
Prospect Online, Liberal
and conservative blog
network, History News
Network

S U S A N D U N N is

Preston Parish ’41
Third Century
Professor in the Arts
and Humanities at
Williams College.

The purge stemmed
not only from FDR’s commitment to the New Deal but also from his conviction that the
nation needed two responsible political parties, one liberal, the
other conservative. Although the purge failed, at great political
cost to the president, it heralded the realignment of political
parties that would take place in the 1960s, 1970s, and 1980s.
By the end of the century, the irreconcilable tensions within
the Democratic Party had exploded, and the once solidly Democratic South was solid no more. It had taken sixty years to
resolve the tangled problems to which FDR devoted one frantic, memorable summer.
BELKNAP PRESS | OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 20 HALFTONES | 354 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05717-3 | $27.95 (£20.95 UK) | HISTORY

( Online promotion

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

9

The Berlin-Baghdad Express
The Ottoman Empire and Germany’s Bid for World Power
Sean McMeekin
The modern Middle East was forged in the crucible of the First World War, but few know the
full story of how war actually came to the region. As Sean McMeekin reveals in this startling
reinterpretation of the war, it was neither the British nor the French but rather a small clique
of Germans and Turks who thrust the Islamic world into the conflict for their own political, economic, and military ends.
The Berlin-Baghdad Express tells the fascinating story of how Germany exploited
Ottoman pan-Islamism in order to destroy the British Empire, then the largest Islamic power in
the world. Meanwhile the Young Turks harnessed themselves to German military might to
avenge Turkey’s hereditary enemy, Russia. Told from the perspective of the key decision-makers on the Turco-German side, many
of the most consequential events of World War I—Turkey’s entry
SEAN MCMEEKIN
into the war, Gallipoli, the Armenian massacres, the Arab revolt,
is Assistant
and the Russian Revolution—are illuminated as never before.
Professor of

Drawing on a wealth of new sources, McMeekin forces
us to re-examine Western interference in the Middle East and its
lamentable results. It is an epic tragicomedy of unintended consequences, as Turkish nationalists give Russia the war it desperately
wants, jihad begets an Islamic
insurrection in Mecca, German
sabotage plots upend the Tsar
( National Print Attention
delivering Turkey from Russia’s yoke, and German Zionism mid( National Print and
wifes the Balfour Declaration. All along, the story is interwoven
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
with the drama surrounding German efforts to complete the
Books, London Review of
Berlin to Baghdad railway, the weapon designed to win the war
Books, New York Review
and assure German hegemony over the Middle East.
of Books Online, Foreign

International Relations at Bilkent
University in Turkey.

BELKNAP PRESS | SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 454 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05739-5 | $29.95 / USA | HISTORY

10

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Affairs Online, History
News Network

( Online promotion

The Decline and Fall of the
American Republic
Bruce Ackerman
Bruce Ackerman shows how the institutional dynamics of the last half-century have transformed the American presidency into a potential platform for political extremism and lawlessness. Watergate, Iran-Contra, and the War on Terror are only symptoms of deeper
pathologies. Ackerman points to a series of developments that have previously been treated
independently of one another—from the rise of presidential primaries, to the role of pollsters and media gurus, to the centralization of power in White House czars, to the politicization of the
military, to the manipulation of constitutional doctrine to justify
BRUCE
presidential power-grabs. He shows how these different transforA C K E R M A N is
mations can interact to generate profound constitutional crises in
Sterling
the twenty-first century—and then proposes a series of reforms
Professor
of
that will minimize, if not eliminate, the risks going forward.
The book aims to begin a new constitutional debate.
Americans should not suppose that Barack Obama’s centrism and
constitutionalism will typify the presidencies of the twenty-first
century. We should seize the present opportunity to confront
deeper institutional pathologies
before it is too late.
( Author Appearances

( National Print Attention
( National Radio
Campaign

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, New
Republic, London Review
of Books, Harper’s, New
Republic, The Nation,
New York Review of
Books Online, New
Republic Online,
American Prospect
Online, Weekly Standard
Online, History News
Network,
dailyBeast.com

Law and
Political
Science at Yale University and the author
of We the People and The Failure of the
Founding Fathers (both from Harvard).

BELKNAP PRESS | THE TANNER
LECTURES ON HUMAN VALUES |
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 264 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05703-6 |
$25.95 (£19.95 UK) | CURRENT AFFAIRS

( Online promotion

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

11

Age of Fracture
Daniel T. Rodgers
“T HE

MOST WIDE - RANGING AND AMBITIOUS INTERPRETATION OF LATE -TWENTIETH -

CENTURY

A MERICAN

INTELLECTUAL HISTORY AVAILABLE .”

—J AMES K LOPPENBERG
In the last quarter of the twentieth century, the ideas that most Americans lived by started to
fragment. Mid-century concepts of national consensus, managed markets, gender and racial
identities, citizen obligation, and historical memory became more fluid. Flexible markets pushed
aside Keynesian macroeconomic structures. Racial and gender solidarity divided into multiple
identities; community responsibility shrank to smaller circles. In this wide-ranging narrative,
Daniel Rodgers shows how the collective purposes and
meanings that had framed social debate became unhinged
and uncertain.
D A N I E L T. R O D G E R S

Age of Fracture offers a powerful reinterpretation
of the ways in which the decades surrounding the 1980s
Professor of History at
changed America. Through a contagion of visions and
Princeton University and
metaphors, on both the intellectual right and the intellecthe author of Atlantic Crossings (Harvard).
tual left, earlier notions of history and society that stressed
solidity, collective institutions, and social circumstances
gave way to a more individualized human nature that
emphasized choice, agency,
performance, and desire.
On a broad canvas that includes Michel Foucault, Ronald Rea( National Print Attention
gan, Judith Butler, Charles Murray, Jeffrey Sachs, and many
( National Print and
more, Rodgers explains how structures of power came to seem
Online Advertising:
less important than market choice and fluid selves.
is Henry Charles Lea

Cutting across the social and political arenas of latetwentieth-century life and thought, from economic theory and
the culture wars to disputes over poverty, color-blindness, and
sisterhood, Rodgers reveals how our categories of social reality
have been fractured and destabilized. As we survey the intellectual wreckage of this war of ideas, we better understand the
emergence of our present age of uncertainty.
BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 346 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05744-9 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) | CURRENT AFFAIRS

12

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, New
Republic, TLS, London
Review of Books,
Harper’s, New Republic,
New York Review of
Books Online, New
Republic Online, The
Nation Online, American
Prospect Online, Foreign
Affairs Online, History
News Network

( Online promotion

The Classical Tradition
Edited by Anthony Grafton, Glenn W. Most,
and Salvatore Settis
Advisory Board: Gordon Braden, Peter Burke, Joseph Connors, Jas Elsner,
Philip Gossett, Dimitri Gutas, Alexander Jones, Jill Kraye, Wilfried Nippel,
Vivian Nutton, Claudia Rapp, and Jean-Claude Schmitt

How do we get from the polis to the police? Or from Odysseus’ sirens
to an ambulance’s? The legacy of ancient Greece and Rome has
been imitated, resisted, misunderstood, and reworked by every culture that followed. In this volume, some five hundred articles by a
wide range of scholars investigate the afterlife of this rich heritage in the
fields of literature, philosophy, art, architecture, history, politics, religion,
and science. Arranged alphabetically from Academy to Zoology, the
essays—designed and written to serve scholars, students,
and the general reader alike—show how the Classical
tradition has shaped human endeavors from art to government, mathematics to medicine, drama to urban planA N T H O N Y G R A F T O N is Henry Putnam
ning, legal theory to popular culture. At once authoritative and accessible,
University Professor of History and Chair
learned and entertaining, comprehensive and surprising, and accompanied by
of the Council of the Humanities at
an extensive selection of illustrations, this guide illuminates the vitality of the
Princeton University. He is the author of
Classical tradition that still surrounds us today.
many books, including Worlds Made by
( National Print Attention

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, TLS,
London Review of Books,
Harper’s, Bookforum,
New Republic, New York
Review of Books Online,
The Atlantic Online,
London Review of Books
Online, New Republic
Online, National Public
Radio Online

BELKNAP PRESS | HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS
REFERENCE LIBRARY |
OCTOBER | 8 X10 1⁄4 | 150 COLOR ILLUS. |
1028 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-03572-0 |
$49.95 (£36.95 UK) | CLASSICS

Words (Harvard) and “I have always loved
the Holy Tongue” (page 25). G L E N N W.
M O S T is Professor of Greek Philology,

Scuola Normale Superiore di Pisa, and
Professor of Social Thought, University of
Chicago. He is the author of Doubting
Thomas (Harvard). S A LVAT O R E S E T T I S
is Director of the Scuola Normale
Superiore di Pisa and Professor of the
History of Classical Art and Archaeology.

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

13

Shi’ism
A Religion of Protest
Hamid Dabashi
For a Western world anxious to understand Islam and, in particular, Shi’ism, this book arrives
with urgently needed information and critical analysis. Hamid Dabashi exposes the soul of
Shi’ism as a religion of protest—successful only when in a warring position, and losing its legitimacy when in power.
Dabashi makes his case through a detailed discussion of the Shi’i doctrinal foundations, a panoramic view of its historical unfolding, a varied investigation into its visual and performing arts, and finally a focus on the three major sites of its
contemporary contestations: Iran, Iraq, and Lebanon. In these states,
Shi’ism seems to have ceased to be a sect within the larger context of
Islam and has instead emerged to claim global political attention. Here
HAMID
we see Shi’ism in its combative mode—reminiscent of its traumatic
D A B A S H I , an
birth in early Islamic history. Hezbollah in Lebanon claims Shi’ism, as
internationally
do the militant insurgents in Iraq, the ruling Ayatollahs in Iran, and
renowned
the masses of youthful demonstrators rebelling against their reign. All
cultural critic and award-winning
declare their active loyalties to a religion of protest that has defined
author, is Hagop Kevorkian Professor
them and their ancestry for almost
of Iranian Studies and Comparative
fourteen hundred years.
Literature at Columbia University.
More information can be found at
www.hamiddabashi.com.

Shi’sm: A Religion of Protest
attends to the explosive conflicts in
the Middle East with an abiding attention to historical facts, cultural forces,
religious convictions, literary and
artistic nuances, and metaphysical
details. This timely book offers readers a bravely intelligent history of a
world religion.

BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 13 HALFTONES, 1 MAP |
390 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04945-1 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) |
RELIGION/HISTORY

14

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

( National Print Attention
( National Radio
Campaign

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, TLS,
London Review of Books,
New Republic, New York
Review of Books Online,
Foreign Affairs Online,
London Review of Books
Online, History News
Network

In Praise of Copying
Marcus Boon
This book is devoted to a deceptively simple but original argument: that copying is an essential
part of being human, that the ability to copy is worthy of celebration, and that, without recognizing how integral copying is to being human, we cannot understand ourselves or the world
we live in.
In spite of the laws, stigmas, and anxieties attached to it, the word “copying” permeates contemporary culture, shaping discourse on issues from hip hop to digitization to gender
reassignment, and is particularly crucial in legal debates concerning
intellectual property and copyright. Yet as a philosophical concept,
copying remains poorly understood. Working comparatively across
cultures and times, Marcus Boon undertakes an examination of
MARCUS BOON
what this word means—historically, culturally, philosophically—
is Associate
and why it fills us with fear and fascination. He argues that the domProfessor of
inant legal-political structures that define copying today obscure
English, York
much broader processes of imitation that have constituted human
University,
communities for ages and continue to shape various subcultures
Toronto, and the
today. Drawing on contemporary art, music and film, the history of
author of The Road of Excess
aesthetics, critical theory, and Bud(Harvard). More information can be
dhist philosophy and practice, In
found at www.marcusboon.com.
Praise of Copying seeks to show
how and why copying works, what
( National Print Attention
( National Print and
the sources of its power are, and
Online Advertising:
the political stakes of renegotiating
New York Review of
the way we value copying in the
Books, Harper’s, TLS,
London Review of Books,
age of globalization.
Bookforum, New York
Review of Books Online,
The Atlantic Online,
New Republic Online,
The Nation Online,
History News Network

OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 240 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04783-9 |
$25.95 (£19.95 UK) | CULTURAL STUDIES

( Online promotion

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

15

The End of Arrogance
America in the Global Competition of Ideas
Steven Weber and Bruce W. Jentleson
Free-market capitalism, hegemony, Western culture, peace, and democracy—the ideas that
shaped world politics in the twentieth century and underpinned American foreign policy—
have lost a good deal of their strength. Authority is now more contested and power more diffuse. Hegemony (benign or otherwise) is no longer a choice, not for the United States, for China,
or for anyone else.
Steven Weber and Bruce Jentleson are not declinists, but they argue that the United
States must take a different stance toward the rest of the world in this, the twenty-first century.
Now that we can’t dominate others, we must rely on strategy,
making trade-offs and focusing our efforts. And they do not
mean military strategy, such as “the global war on terror.”
STEVEN WEBER
Rather, we must compete in the global marketplace of ideas—
is Professor of Political
with state-directed capitalism, with charismatic authoritarian
Science, University of
leaders, with jihadism. In politics, ideas and influence are now
California, Berkeley, and
critical currency.
author of The Success of Open Source (Harvard).
B R U C E W. J E N T L E S O N is Professor of Public

Policy and Political Science, Duke University.

At the core of our efforts must be a new conception
of the world order based on mutuality, and of a just society
that inspires and embraces people around the world.
SEPTEMBER | 5 X 7 3⁄4 | 200 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05818-7 |
$22.95 (£16.95 UK) | CURRENT AFFAIRS

( National Print Attention
( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Nation, New
Republic, New York
Review of Books Online,
Foreign Affairs Online,
The Huffington Post

16

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Wandering Soul
The Dybbuk’s Creator, S. An-sky
Gabriella Safran
The man who would become S. An-sky—ethnographer, war correspondent, author of the bestknown Yiddish play, The Dybbuk—was born Shloyme-Zanvl Rappoport in 1863, in Russia’s
Pale of Settlement. His journey from the streets of Vitebsk to the center of modern Yiddish and
Hebrew theater, by way of St. Petersburg, Paris, and war-torn Austria-Hungry, was both extraordinary and in some ways typical: Marc Chagall, another child of Vitebsk, would make a similar
transit a generation later. Like Chagall, An-sky was loyal to multiple, conflicting Jewish, Russian, and European identities. And
like Chagall, An-sky made his physical and cultural transience
GABRIELLA
manifest as he drew on Jewish folk culture to create art that
defied nationality.
S A F R A N is Associate
Professor of Slavic
Leaving Vitebsk at seventeen, An-sky forged a number
Languages and
of apparently contradictory paths. A witness to peasant poverty,
Literatures at
pogroms, and war, he tried to rescue the vestiges of disappearing
communities even while fighting for reform. A loner addicted to
Stanford University.
reinventing himself—at times a Russian laborer, a radical orator,
a Jewish activist, an ethnographer of Hasidism, a wartime relief
worker—An-sky saw himself as a savior of the people’s culture
and its artifacts. What united the disparate strands of his life was his eagerness to speak to and
for as many people as possible, regardless of their language or national origin.

In this first full-length biography in English, Gabriella Safran, using Russian, Yiddish,
Hebrew, and French sources, recreates this neglected protean figure who, with his passions,
struggles, and art, anticipated the complicated identities of the
European Jews who would follow him.
( National Print Attention
( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic,
Harper’s, New Republic,
Bookslut Online, Jewish
Week Online

NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 26 HALFTONES, 1 MAP | 410 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05570-4 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) | BIOGRAPHY

( Online promotion

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

17

“T HE

IMAGES ARE SIMPLY

EXTRAORDINARY AND THE SCHOLARSHIP
INSPIRING .

A NYONE WHO

CARES ABOUT

W ESTERN

ART OR ABOUT

A FRICA

AND

HER DIASPORA OUGHT TO KNOW THESE
MAGNIFICENT VOLUMES .”

—K WAME A NTHONY A PPIAH

the

Image of
the Black in
Western Art
EDITED BY

DAVID BINDMAN &
HENRY LOUIS GATES, JR.

18

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

VOLUME 1
F R O M T H E P H A R A O H S TO
T H E FA L L O F T H E R O M A N
EMPIRE, NEW EDITION
VOLUME 2
F R O M T H E E A R LY
C H R I S T I A N E R A TO T H E
“A G E O F D I S CO V E R Y ”
PART 1: FROM THE DEMONIC THREAT
TO THE INCARNATION OF
SAINTHOOD, NEW EDITION
PART 2: AFRICANS IN THE CHRISTIAN
ORDINANCE OF THE WORLD,
NEW EDITION

VOLUME 3
FROM THE “AGE OF DISCOVERY”
TO THE AGE OF ABOLITION
PART 1 : ARTISTS OF THE
RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE

In the 1960s, as a response to segregation in the United States, the influential art patron Dominique de Menil began a research project and photo
archive called The Image of the Black in Western Art. Now, fifty years
D AV I D B I N D M A N is Emeritus
later, as the first American president of African American descent occuProfessor of the History of Art at
pies his historic term in office, her mission has been re-invigorated
University College London.
through the collaboration of Harvard University Press and the W. E. B.
H E N R Y L O U I S G AT E S , J R . , is
Du Bois Institute to present new editions of the coveted five original
Alphonse Fletcher University
books and the anticipated first
Professor and is the Director of the
part of a new volume. The
W. E. B. Du Bois Institute for African
completed set will include ten
and African American Research at
( National Print Attention
sumptuous books in five volHarvard University.
( National Print and Online
umes with up-to-date introAdvertising: New York
ductions and more full-color
Times Book Review, New
York Review of Books, The
illustrations, printed on highAtlantic, TLS, Bookforum,
quality art stock for books that will last a lifetime.
Boston Review, London
Review of Books,
Artforum, Art in America,
New York Times Online,
New York Review of Books
Online, TheRoot.com,
London Review of Books
Online, New Republic
Online, National Public
Radio Online

( Online promotion

This monumental publication offers expert commentary and a
lavishly illustrated history of the representations of people of African
descent ranging from the ancient images of Pharaohs created by unknown
hands to the works of the great European masters such as Bosch, Rembrandt, Rubens, and Hogarth to stunning new creations by contemporary black artists. Including thousands of beautiful, moving, and often
little-known images of black people, including queens and slaves, saints
and soldiers, children and gods, The Image of the Black in Western Art
provides a treasury of masterpieces from four millennia—a testament to
the black experience in the West and a tribute to art’s enduring power to shape our common humanity.
FROM THE PHARAOHS TO THE FALL OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE
BELKNAP PRESS | NOVEMBER | 9 3⁄4 X 11 | 345 COLOR ILLUS.,
50 HALFTONES, 5 MAPS | 340 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05271-0 |
$95.00 (£69.95 UK) | ART
FROM THE DEMONIC THREAT TO THE INCARNATION OF SAINTHOOD
BELKNAP PRESS | NOVEMBER | 9 3⁄4 X 11 |
168 COLOR ILLUS., 15 HALFTONES, 2 MAPS | 260 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05256-7 | $95.00 (£69.95 UK) | ART
AFRICANS IN THE CHRISTIAN ORDINANCE OF THE WORLD
BELKNAP PRESS | NOVEMBER | 9 3⁄4 X 11 | 259 COLOR ILLUS.,
20 HALFTONES | 310 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05258-1 |
$95.00 (£69.95 UK) | ART
ARTISTS OF THE RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE
BELKNAP PRESS | NOVEMBER | 9 3⁄4 X 11 | 190 COLOR ILLUS. |
290 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05261-1 | $95.00 (£69.95 UK) | ART
Statuette of a young musician. From Chalon-sur-S aône. Hellenistic
Perio d. Bronze. H: 20.2 cm. Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale, Cabinet des
M édailles. B ab elon and Blanchet, Catalo gue des bronzes (Paris, 1895),
no. 1009. Statue of St. M aurice. Ab out 1240-50. S andstone (traces of
p olychromy). H: 112 cm. M agdeburg, Cathedral of St. M aurice and St.
Catherine, choir. M enil Foundation, H ickey and Rob er tson.

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

19

The 50 Most Extreme Places in
Our Solar System
David Baker and Todd Ratcliff
“T HIS

IS A COOL BOOK .

S PECTACULARLY

ILLUSTRATED , IT CONVEYS SOME OF

ASTRONOMY ’ S HEAVIEST FACTS IN A LIGHT AND AIRY WAY.

R EADERS

SHOULD

HAVE FUN READING IT.”

—PAUL W. H ODGE , U NIVERSITY

OF

WASHINGTON

The extreme events that we hear about daily—hurricanes, earthquakes, tsunamis, and volcanic eruptions—are extreme in purely human terms, in the devastation they do. But this
book moves our understanding of the extreme into extraterrestrial
dimensions and gives us an awe-inspiring sense of what our solar system at its utmost can do. Martian dust devils taller than Mount EverD AV I D
est. A hurricane that lasts over 340 years. Volcanoes with “lava” colder
BAKER
than Antarctica. Hail made of diamonds. Here, as the authors say, the
is the
“WOW” factor is restored to our understanding of scientific discovery,
Chairman of the Physics Department at
as we witness the grandeur and the weirdness that inspire researchers
Austin College. T O D D R AT C L I F F is a
to dig deeper and go ever farther into the mysteries of the universe.
planetary geophysicist at NASA’s Jet

The 50 Most Extreme Places in Our Solar System combines
a fascination with natural disasters and the mesmerizing allure of outer
space to take readers on a journey that will forever change the way
they view our solar system. Full of dazzling photographs from NASA’s
most recent observations, this book
explores extreme regions on Earth and
beyond—giant turbulent storms, explosive volcanoes, and the
( National Print Attention
possibility of life surviving in harsh conditions.

Propulsion Laboratory.

More than a collection of facts, the book conveys the
dynamism of science as a process of exploration and discovery.
As they amuse and entertain, David Baker and Todd Ratcliff,
two experts in planetary science, highlight recent developments
and unresolved mysteries and strive, at every turn, to answer
that important scientific question: “Why?”
BELKNAP PRESS | SEPTEMBER | 7 X 8 |
225 COLOR ILLUS., 25 HALFTONES | 276 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04998-7 |
$27.95 (£19.95 UK) | SCIENCE
Photo by Lois Jean Wardell, Ph.D.

20

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
Harper’s Online, Sky and
Telescope Online,
Astronomy Magazine
Online, Science Online,
Nature Online, Seed
Magazine Online
( Online promotion

Poetry and the Police
Communication Networks in Eighteenth-Century Paris
Robert Darnton
In spring 1749, François Bonis, a medical student in Paris, found himself unexpectedly hauled
off to the Bastille for distributing an “abominable poem about the king.” So began the Affair of
the Fourteen, a police crackdown on ordinary citizens for unauthorized poetry recitals. Why was the official response to these
poems so intense?
In this captivating book, Robert Darnton follows the
poems as they passed through several media: copied on scraps of
paper, dictated from one person to another, memorized and
declaimed to an audience. But the most effective dispersal occurred
through music, when poems were sung to familiar tunes. Lyrics
often referred to current events or revealed popular attitudes
toward the royal court. The songs provided a running commentary
on public affairs, and Darnton brilliantly traces how the lyrics fit
into song cycles that carried messages through the streets of Paris
during a period of rising discontent. He uncovers a complex communication network, illuminating the way information circulated in
a semi-literate society.

ROBERT
D A R N T O N is

Carl H. Pforzheimer
University
Professor and
Director of the
University Library
at Harvard
University. An
internationally recognized scholar on the
history of the book and the literary world of
Enlightenment France, Darnton is the author of

This lucid and entertaining book reminds us of both the
importance of oral exchanges in the history of communication and
the power of “viral” networks long
before our internet age.

many books, including The Devil in the Holy
Water, or the Art of Slander from Louis XIV to
Napoleon and The Case for Books.

( Author Appearances

( National Print Attention
( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, TLS, London
Review of Books, The
Atlantic Online, New
Republic Online,
Harper’s Online, History
News Network

D OWNLOAD THE SONGS DISCUSSED IN
P OETRY AND THE P OLICE , AS PERFORMED BY MEZZO - SOPRANO
H ÉLÈNE D ELAVAULT, ACCOMPANIED BY GUITARIST C LAUDE PAVY:
WWW. HUP. HARVARD . EDU / FEATURES / DARPOE /
H É L È N E D E L AVAU LT studied at the Paris Conservatoire and
The Julliard School, has sung in operas and operettas, and has
also created her own cabarets, including an exploration of the
world of bawdy songs in eighteenth-century France .
BELKNAP PRESS | NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 9 HALFTONES, 1 CHART |
240 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05715-9 | $25.95 (£19.95 UK) | HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

21

How Many Friends Does
One Person Need?
Dunbar’s Number and Other Evolutionary Quirks
Robin Dunbar
“A N

ECLECTIC COLLECTION OF ESSAYS ON HUMANITY AND EVOLUTION WITH

SOMETHING FOR EVERYONE

. . . [D UNBAR ]

SPEAKS WITH AUTHORITY AND SEDUCES

US AS ONLY A MASTER CAN .”

—K ATE D OUGLAS
Why do men talk and women gossip, and which is better for you? Why is
monogamy a drain on the brain? And why should you be suspicious of
someone who has more than 150 friends on Facebook?
ROBIN
D U N B A R is

Professor of
Psychology
at the University of Liverpool and
author of Grooming, Gossip, and

We are the product of our evolutionary history, and this history
colors our everyday lives—from why we joke to the depth of our religious
beliefs. In How Many Friends Does One Person Need? Robin Dunbar uses
groundbreaking experiments that have forever changed the way evolutionary biologists explain how the distant past underpins our current
behavior.

We know so much more now than Darwin ever did, but the core
of modern evolutionary theory lies firmly in Darwin’s elegantly simple idea:
Trouble with Science (both from
organisms behave in ways that enhance the frequency with which genes
Harvard).
are passed on to future generations. This idea is at the heart of Dunbar’s
book, which seeks to explain why humans behave as they do. Stimulating,
provocative, and immensely enjoyable, his book invites you to explore the
number of friends you have, whether you have your father’s brain or your
mother’s, whether morning sickness might
actually be good for you, why Barack Obama’s 2008 victory was
a foregone conclusion, what Gaelic has to do with frankincense,
and why we laugh. In the process, Dunbar examines the role of
( National Print Attention
religion in human evolution, the fact that most of us have unex( National Print and
Online Advertising:
pectedly famous ancestors, and why men and women never
New York Review of
seem able to see eye to eye on color.
Books, Harper’s Online,
the Evolution of Language and The

NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 290 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05716-6 |
$27.95 / USA | SCIENCE

22

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Science Online, Nature
Online, Seed Magazine
Online

( Online promotion

The Lab
Creativity and Culture
David Edwards
“E DWARDS

INFECTS US WITH HIS SUBJECTS ’ CREATIVITY.

TURNS FROM VIGNETTES TO HIS UTOPIAN

W HEN THE FINAL CHAPTER
L ABORATOIRE , WE ’ RE ROOTING FOR IT TO

SUCCEED .”

—A LICE W. F LAHERTY, N ATURE (P RAISE

FOR

A RTSciENcE )

Six months before opening Le Laboratoire David Edwards visited Hans Ulrich Obrist, who had
co-curated a famous exhibit, Laboratorium, that explored connections between art and science.
“Famous, yes,” said Hans, “which I find ironic since almost nobody saw it. You have to be careful getting too near contemporary science.”
But this was precisely where David Edwards chose to be.
His book, The Lab, promotes surprising innovations in culture,
industry, and society by exploring new ideas in the arts and design
at the frontiers of science. In The Lab Edwards argues for a new
kind of educational art lab based on a contemporary science lab
model—the “artscience lab.” With examples ranging from breathable chocolate to contemporary art installations that explore the
neuroscience of fear, he shows how students learn by translating
ideas alongside experienced creators and exhibiting risky experimental processes in gallery settings. Idea translation from conception to realization is in turn facilitated by a network of
complementary labs whose missions range from education to
industrial and humanitarian development.

D AV I D E D WA R D S

teaches at Harvard
University and is
founding director of Le Laboratoire in Paris and
the Idea Translation Lab at Harvard. His work spans
the arts and sciences and lies at the core of a
network of multi-disciplinary labs in Europe, USA
and Africa. Edwards is the founder of Medicine in
Need and the Boston-based Cloud Foundation that
oversees Cloud Place, a dynamic center for urban
youth arts, and that launched the $100K

ArtScience Innovation Prize. The youngest-ever
A manifesto of a new innovation model driven by the
member of the National Academy of Engineering,
arts, this is the first detailed description of an emerging cultural
phenomenon in the United States
Edwards was a featured speaker at Davos in 2010.
and Europe where artists and sciThe author of ArtScience (Harvard), his creative
( Author Appearances
entists collaborate to produce
work is described at www.davidideas.com.
( National Print Attention
intriguing cultural content and
( National Print and
surprising innovations. It also
Online Advertising:
offers a fresh look at the creative
Bookforum, Harper’s
Online, Science Online,
process as it applies to experiential education, museum
Nature Online, Seed
exhibition, and industrial innovation.
Magazine Online,
Wired.com, The
chronicle of Higher
Education Online,
Economist Online

( Online promotion

OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 10 HALFTONES | 224 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05719-7 | $22.95 (£16.95 UK) | SCIENCE / ART
Photo by Klane Fabien Thouvenin

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

23

The Death Marches
The Final Phase of Nazi Genocide
Daniel Blatman
Translated by Chaya Galai
From January 1945, in the last months of the Third Reich, about 250,000 inmates of concentration camps perished on death marches and in countless incidents of mass slaughter. They
were murdered with merciless brutality by their SS guards, by army and police units, and often
by gangs of civilians as they passed through German and Austrian towns and villages. Even in
the bloody annals of the Nazi regime, this final death blow was unique in character and scope.

D A N I E L B L AT M A N

is Professor of Jewish
History and Head of
the Avraham Harman
Institute of Contemporary Jewry, The
Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

In this first comprehensive attempt to answer the questions raised by this final murderous rampage, the author draws
on the testimonies of victims, perpetrators, and bystanders.
Hunting through archives throughout the world, Daniel Blatman sets out to explain—to the extent that is possible—the
effort invested by mankind’s most lethal regime in liquidating
the remnants of the enemies of the “Aryan race” before it abandoned the stage of history. What were the characteristics of this
last Nazi genocide? How was it linked to the earlier stages, the
slaughter of millions in concentration camps? How did the prevailing chaos help to create the
( National Print and
conditions that made the final
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
murderous rampage possible?

In its exploration of a topic nearly neglected in the current history of the Shoah, this book offers unusual insight into
the workings, and the unraveling, of the Nazi regime. It combines micro-historical accounts of representative massacres with
an overall analysis of the collapse of the Third Reich, helping us
to understand a seemingly inexplicable chapter in history.
BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 6 3⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 12 HALFTONES, 5 MAPS |
524 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05049-5 | $35.00 (£24.95 UK) | HISTORY

24

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Books, TLS, London
Review of Books,
commentary, New York
Review of Books Online,
History News Network

( Online promotion

“I have always loved the
Holy Tongue”
Isaac Casaubon, the Jews, and a Forgotten Chapter in Renaissance Scholarship
Anthony Grafton and Joanna Weinberg
Fusing high scholarship with high drama, Anthony Grafton and Joanna Weinberg uncover a
secret and extraordinary aspect of a legendary Renaissance scholar’s already celebrated achievement. The French Protestant Isaac Casaubon (1559–1614) is known to us through his pedantic namesake in George Eliot’s Middlemarch. But in this book, the
real Casaubon emerges as a genuine literary hero, an intrepid
explorer in the world of books. With a flair for storytelling reminisANTHONY
cent of Umberto Eco, Grafton and Weinberg follow Casaubon as he
unearths the lost continent of Hebrew learning—and adds this
G R A F T O N is
ancient lore to the well-known Renaissance revival of Latin and
Henry Putnam
Greek.
University
Professor of
The mystery begins with Mark Pattison’s nineteenthcentury biography of Casaubon. Here we encounter the Protestant
History and the
Casaubon embroiled in intellectual quarrels with the Italian and
Humanities, Princeton University. He is the
Catholic orator Cesare Baronio.
author of many books and an editor of The
Setting out to understand the
Classical Tradition (page 13). J O A N N A
nature of this imbroglio, Grafton
W E I N B E R G is a Reader in Hebrew and
( National Print Attention
and Weinberg discover Casaubon’s
Jewish Studies, University of Oxford.
( National Print and
knowledge of Hebrew. Close readOnline Advertising:
ing and sedulous inquiry were
New York Review of
Casaubon’s tools in recapturing the
Books, TLS, London
Review of Books, New
lost learning of the ancients—and
Republic, Bookforum,
these are the tools that serve Grafton and Weinberg as they
commentary, New York
pore through pre-1600 books in Hebrew, and through
Review of Books Online,
History News Network
Casaubon’s own manuscript notebooks. Their search takes
them from Oxford to Cambridge, from Dublin to Cambridge,
Massachusetts, as they reveal how the scholar discovered the
learning of the Hebrews—and at what cost.
BELKNAP PRESS | CARL NEWELL JACKSON LECTURES |
JANUARY | 7 X 10 | 42 HALFTONES | 400 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04840-9 | $35.00 (£25.95 UK) |
BIOGRAPHY / HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

25

Pilgrims of the Vertical
Yosemite Rock Climbers and Nature at Risk
Joseph E. Taylor III
Few things suggest rugged individualism as powerfully as the solitary mountaineer testing his
or her mettle in the rough country. Yet the long history of wilderness sport complicates this
image. In this surprising story of the premier rock-climbing venue in the United States, Pilgrims
of the Vertical offers insight into the nature of wilderness adventure.
From the founding era of mountain climbing in Victorian Europe to present-day climbing gyms, Pilgrims of the Vertical shows how ever-changing alignments of nature, technology,
gender, sport, and consumer culture have shaped climbers’ relations to nature and to each other.
Even in Yosemite Valley, a premier site for sporting and environmental
culture since the 1800s, elite athletes cannot be entirely disentangled
from the many men and women seeking recreation and camaraderie.
JOSEPH E.
TAY L O R I I I

is Associate
Professor,
Departments of History and
Geography, Simon Fraser
University.

Following these climbers through time, Joseph Taylor uncovers
lessons about the relationship of individuals to groups, sport to society,
and nature to culture. He also shows how social and historical contexts
influenced adventurers’ choices and experiences, and why some became
leading environmental activists—including John Muir, David Brower, and
Yvon Chouinard. In a world in which wild nature is increasingly associated with play, and virtuous play with environmental values, Pilgrims of
the Vertical explains when and how these ideas developed, and why they
became intimately linked to consumerism.

OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 36 HALFTONES, 3 MAPS | 398 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05287-1 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) | SPORTS

( Author Appearances

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, Sierra Online,
History News Network
( Online promotion

26

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

The Heart of William James
William James
Edited and with an Introduction by
Robert Richardson
On the one hundredth anniversary of the death of William James, Robert Richardson, author
of the magisterial William James: In the Maelstrom of American Modernism, assembles a wideranging selection of essays and writings that reveal the evolution of James’s thought over time,
especially as it was continually being shaped by the converging influences of psychology, philosophy, and religion throughout his life.
Proceeding chronologically, the volume begins with
“What Is an Emotion,” James’s early, notable, and still controROBERT
versial argument that many of our emotions follow from (rather
R I C H A R D S O N is
than cause) physical or physiological reactions. The book conAdjunct Professor of
cludes with “The Moral Equivalent of War,” one of the greatest
Letters at Wesleyan
anti-war pieces ever written, perhaps even more relevant now
University.
than when it was first published. In between, in essays on “The
Dilemma of Determinism,” “The Hidden Self,” “Habit,” and
“The Will”; in chapters from The Principles of Psychology and
The Varieties of Religious Experience; and in such pieces as “On
a Certain Blindness in Human Beings,” “What Makes a Life Significant,” and “Philosophical Conceptions and Practical Results,” we witness the evolution of
James’s philosophical thinking, his pragmatism, and his radical empiricism. Throughout, Richardson’s deeply informed introductions place James’s work in its
proper biographical, historical, and philosophical context.
( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, TLS, London
Review of Books

In essay after essay, James calls us to live a fuller,
richer, better life, to seek out and use our best energies and
sympathies. As every day is the day of creation and judgment,
so every age was once the new age—and as this book makes
abundantly clear, William James’s writings are still the gateway
to many a new world.
AUGUST | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 1 LINE ILLUS. | 372 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05561-2 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) |
PHILOSOPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

27

What Is Mental Illness?
Richard J. McNally
According to a major health survey, nearly half of all Americans have been mentally ill at some
point in their lives—more than a quarter in the last year. Can this be true? What exactly does
it mean, anyway? What’s a disorder, and what’s just a struggle with real life?
This lucid and incisive book cuts through both professional jargon and polemical hot
air, to describe the intense political and intellectual struggles over what counts as a “real” disorder, and what goes into the “DSM,” the psychiatric bible. Is schizophrenia a disorder?
Absolutely. Is homosexuality? It was—till gay rights activists drove it out of the DSM a generation ago. What about new and controversial diagnoses? Is “social anxiety disorder” a way of
saying that it’s sick to be shy, or “female sexual arousal disorder” that
it’s sick to be tired?
RICHARD J.
M C N A L LY is

Professor of

An advisor to the DSM, but also a fierce critic of exaggerated
overuse, McNally defends the careful approach of describing disorders
by patterns of symptoms that can be seen, and illustrates how often
the system medicalizes everyday emotional life.

Psychology at

Neuroscience, genetics, and evolutionary psychology may illuminate the biological bases of mental illness, but at this point, McNally
Remembering Trauma (Harvard).
argues, no science can draw a bright line between disorder and distress. In a pragmatic and humane conclusion, he offers questions for patients
and professionals alike to help understand, and cope with, the sorrows and psychopathologies of
( National Print Attention
everyday life.
( National Print and
Harvard University and author of

BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 304 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04649-8 | $27.95 (£20.95 UK) |
PSYCHOLOGY

Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, TLS, London
Review of Books,
Harper’s, Science Online,
Nature Online,
Psychology Today Online

( Online promotion

28

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

College Admissions for
the 21st Century
Robert J. Sternberg
SATs, ACTs, GPAs. Everyone knows that these scores can’t tell a college everything that’s important about an applicant. But what else should admissions officers look for, and how can they
know it when they see it? In College Admissions for the 21st Century a leading researcher on
intelligence and creativity offers a bold and practical approach to college admissions testing.
Standardized tests are measures of memory and analytical
skills. But the ever-changing global society beyond a college campus
needs more than just those qualities, argues Robert Sternberg. Tomorrow’s leaders and citizens also need creativity, practicality, and wisdom.
How can the potential for those complex qualities be measured? One answer is “Kaleidoscope,” a new initiative in undergraduate
admissions, first used at Tufts University. Its open-ended questions for
applicants, and the means used to score the answers, gives applicants
and admissions officers the chance to go beyond standardized tests.
Does it work? As Sternberg describes in detail, Kaleidoscope
measures predicted first-year academic success, over and above SATs
and high school GPAs, and predicted first-year extracurricular activities, leadership, and active citizenship
as well. And every year that Kaleidoscope measures were used, the enter( National Print Attention
ing class’s average SATs and high
( National Print and
school GPAs went up too.
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, Harvard
Educational Review,
chronicle of Higher
Education Online, inside
Higher Education Online,
change Magazine
Online

( Online promotion

ROBERT J.
STERNBERG,

formerly IBM
Professor of
Psychology and
Education and
Professor of Management at Yale,
was Dean of Arts and Sciences at
Tufts University from 2005 to 2010.

What worked at Tufts can work elsewhere. New
kinds of assessments, like Kaleidoscope, can liberate many colleges and students from the narrowness of standardized tests
and inspire new approaches to teaching for new kinds of talented, motivated citizens of the world.
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 224 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04823-2 |
$23.95 (£17.95 UK) | EDUCATION

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

29

No Right Turn
Conservative Politics in a Liberal America
David T. Courtwright
“C RISPLY WRITTEN , COLORFUL , AND OFTEN OUT- OF -THE - BOX ORIGINAL , THIS
BOLD , SWEEPING LOOK AT THE LAST FOUR DECADES OF A MERICAN HISTORY.”
—G IL T ROY,

AUTHOR OF

IS A

L EAdiNg FROM THE c ENTER

Few question the “right turn” America took after 1966, when liberal political power began to
wane. But if they did, No Right Turn suggests, they might discover that all was not really “right”
with the conservative golden age. A provocative overview of a half century of American politics, the book takes a hard look at the counterrevolutionary dreams of
liberalism’s enemies—to overturn people’s reliance on expanding government, reverse the moral and sexual revolutions, and win the Culture
War—and finds them largely unfulfilled.
D AV I D T.
David Courtwright deftly profiles celebrated and controversial
figures, from Clare Booth Luce, Barry Goldwater, and the Kennedy
brothers to Jerry Falwell, David Stockman, and Lee Atwater. He shows
Professor at the
us Richard Nixon’s keen talent for turning popular anxieties about
University of North Florida and the
morality and federal meddling to Republican advantage—and his inabilauthor of several books, including
ity to translate this advantage into reactionary policies. Corporate interForces of Habit (Harvard).
ests, boomer lifestyles, and the media weighed heavily against Nixon
and his successors, who placated their base with high-profile attacks on
crime, drugs, and welfare dependency.
Meanwhile, religious conservatives
floundered on abortion and school prayer, obscenity, gay rights,
( National Print and
and legalized vices like gambling, and fiscal conservatives
Online Advertising:
watched in dismay as the bills mounted.
New York Review of
COURT WRIGHT

is Presidential

We see how President Reagan’s mélange of big government, strong defense, lower taxes, higher deficits, mass
imprisonment, and patriotic symbolism proved an illusory form
of conservatism. Ultimately, conservatives themselves rebelled
against George W. Bush’s profligate brand of Reaganism.
Courtwright’s account is both surprising and compelling, a bracing argument against some of our most cherished clichés about
recent American history.
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 22 HALFTONES | 320 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04677-1 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) | HISTORY / POLITICS

30

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Books, The Atlantic, The
Nation Online, New
Republic Online,
American Prospect
Online, Weekly Standard
Online, Politico Online,
Liberal and conservative
blogs, History News
Network

Fugitive Justice
Runaways, Rescuers, and Slavery on Trial
Steven Lubet
During the tumultuous decade before the Civil War, no issue was more divisive than the pursuit and return of fugitive slaves—a practice enforced under the Fugitive Slave Act of 1850.
When free Blacks and their abolitionist allies intervened, prosecutions and trials inevitably followed. These cases involved high legal, political, and—most of all—human drama, with runaways desperate for freedom, their defenders seeking recourse to a “higher law” and normally
fair-minded judges (even some opposed to slavery) considering the disposition of human beings
as property.
Fugitive Justice tells the stories of three of the most dramatic fugitive slave trials of the 1850s, bringing to vivid life the
determination of the fugitives, the radical tactics of their rescuers,
the brutal doggedness of the slavehunters, and the tortuous
response of the federal courts. These cases underscore the crucial
role that runaway slaves played in building the tensions that led to
the Civil War, and they show us how “civil disobedience” developed as a legal defense. As they unfold we can also see how such
trials—whether of rescuers or of the slaves themselves—helped
build the northern anti-slavery movement, even as they pushed
southern firebrands closer to secession.

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, The
Nation Online, New
Republic Online,
American Prospect
Online, Weekly Standard
Online, Politico Online,
Liberal and conservative
blogs, History News
Network

STE VEN LUBE T

is Williams
Memorial Professor
of Law and Director
of the Bartlit Center
for Trial Strategy, Northwestern
University.

How could something
so evil be treated so routinely by just men? The answer says
much about how deeply the institution of slavery had penetrated American life even in free states. Fugitive Justice powerfully illuminates this painful episode in American history, and
its role in the nation’s inexorable march to war.
BELKNAP PRESS | NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 340 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04704-4 | $29.95 / COBE | HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

31

Eden on the Charles
The Making of Boston
Michael Rawson
Drinking a glass of tap water, strolling in a park, hopping a train for the suburbs: some aspects
of city life are so familiar that we don’t think twice about them. But such simple actions are
structured by complex relationships with our natural world. The contours of these relationships—social, cultural, political, economic, and legal—were established during America’s first
great period of urbanization in the nineteenth century, and Boston, one of the earliest cities in
America, often led the nation in designing them. A richly textured cultural and social history
of the development of nineteenth-century Boston, this book provides a new environmental perspective on the creation of America’s first cities.
Eden on the Charles explores how Bostonians channeled country
lakes through miles of pipeline to provide clean water; dredged the ocean
MICHAEL
to deepen the harbor; filled tidal flats and covered the peninsula with
R AW S O N
houses, shops, and factories; and created a metropolitan system of parks
is Assistant
and greenways, facilitating the conversion of fields into suburbs. The book
Professor of
shows how, in Boston, different class and ethnic groups brought rival ideas
History, Brooklyn College,
of nature and competing visions of a “city upon a hill” to the process of
City University of New York.
urbanization—and were forced to conform their goals to the realities of
Boston’s distinctive natural setting. The outcomes of their battles for control
over the city’s development were ultimately recorded in the very fabric of
Boston itself. In Boston’s history, we find the seeds of the environmental
relationships that—for better or worse—have defined urban America to this day.
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 12 MAPS, 17 HALFTONES | 350 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04841-6 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) | HISTORY

( Author Appearances in
Boston Area
( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, Boston Review,
Phoenix Online,
Boston.com, History
News Network
( Online promotion

32

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Journey Through
the Afterlife
The Ancient Egyptian Book of the Dead
Edited by John H. Taylor
The Book of the Dead is not a single text but a compilation of
spells that the ancient Egyptians believed would assist them in
the afterlife as they made their perilous journey toward the
realm of the gods and the ultimate state of eternity. No two copies
are identical. The spells are often accompanied by colored
vignettes, which graphically show the imagined landscape
of the Netherworld, the gods and demons whom the
J O H N H . TAY L O R
deceased will meet, and the critical “weighing of the
is a curator at the
heart”—the judgment that will determine whether the
British
Museum specializing in
traveler will be admitted into the afterlife or condemned to
ancient
Egyptian funerary
destruction by the monstrous “Devourer.”
archaeology.
With contributions from leading scholars and
detailed catalog entries that interpret the spells and painted
scenes, this fascinating and important book affords a
greater understanding of ancient Egyptian belief systems
and poignantly reveals the hopes and fears of mortal man
about the “world” beyond death. The whole is beautifully illustrated with specially commissioned photographs of these exceptional papyri and an array of contextual funerary objects—
painted coffins, gilded masks, amulets, jewelry, tomb figurines, and mummy trappings.

( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic
Online, Harper’s Online,
London Review of Books
Online

NOVEMBER | 11 X 11 | 240 COLOR ILLUS. | 312 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05750-0 | $35.00 / NA |
ART / MIND, BODY, SPIRIT
I mages © The Trustees of the British Museum

( Online promotion

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

33

Seeing Patients
Unconscious Bias in Health Care
Augustus A. White III, M.D.
with David Chanoff
If you’re going to have a heart attack, an organ transplant, or a joint replacement, here’s the key
to getting the very best medical care: be a white, straight, middle-class male. This book by a pioneering black surgeon takes on one of the few critically important topics that haven’t figured in
the heated debate over health care reform—the largely hidden yet massive injustice of bias in
medical treatment.

AU G U S T U S A .
WHITE III,
M . D . , is

Professor
of Medical Education and Orthopedic Surgery
at Harvard Medical School and the first African
American department chief at Harvard’s
teaching hospitals. D AV I D C H A N O F F is a
writer living in Marlborough, MA.

Growing up in Jim Crow–era Tennessee and training and
teaching in overwhelmingly white medical institutions, Gus White
witnessed firsthand how prejudice works in the world of medicine.
And while race relations have changed dramatically, old ways of thinking die hard. In Seeing Patients White draws upon his experience in
startlingly different worlds to make sense of the unconscious bias that
riddles medical treatment, and to explore what it means for health
care in a diverse twenty-first-century America.
White and co-author David Chanoff use extensive research
and interviews with leading physicians to show how subconscious
stereotyping influences doctor-patient interactions, diagnosis, and
treatment. Their book brings together insights from the worlds of
social psychology, neuroscience, and clinical practice to define the
issues clearly and, most importantly, to
outline a concrete approach to fixing
this fundamental inequity in the deliv( National Print and
ery of health care.
Online Advertising:
JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 |
17 HALFTONES | 276 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04905-5 |
$27.95 (£20.95 UK) |
MEDICINE
Augustus White and his wife Anita, 1970.

34

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

New Republic, JAMA,
New England Journal of
Medicine, The Lancet,
American Prospect
Online, Liberal and
conservative blog
networks

( Online promotion

The Offensive Internet
Speech, Privacy, and Reputation
Edited by Saul Levmore and Martha C. Nussbaum
Contributors include the editors, Cass Sunstein,
Daniel J. Solove, Brian Leiter, and Geoffrey Stone
The Internet has been romanticized as a zone of freedom. The alluring combination of sophisticated technology with low barriers to entry and instantaneous outreach to millions of users has
mesmerized libertarians and communitarians alike. Lawmakers have joined the celebration, passing the Communications Decency Act, which enables Internet Service
Providers to allow unregulated discourse without danger
S A U L L E V M O R E is the
of liability, all in the name of enhancing freedom of speech.
William B. Graham
But an unregulated Internet is a breeding ground for offenProfessor of Law at the
sive conduct.
At last we have a book that begins to focus on
abuses made possible by anonymity, freedom from liability,
and lack of oversight. The distinguished scholars assembled
in this volume, drawn from law and philosophy, connect
the absence of legal oversight with harassment and discrimination. Questioning the simplistic notion that abusive
speech and mobocracy are the inevitable outcomes of new
technology, they argue that current misuse is the outgrowth
of social, technological, and legal choices. Seeing this
clearly will help us to be better informed about our options.

University of Chicago Law
School. M A R T H A C .
N U S S B A U M is Ernst

Freund Distinguished Service Professor of
Law and Ethics at the University of
Chicago Law School and the author of
several books, including The Clash Within,
Frontiers of Justice, and Cultivating
Humanity (all from Harvard).

In a field still dominated by a frontier perspective,
this book has the potential to be a real game changer.
Armed with example after example of harassment in Internet chat rooms and forums, the
authors detail some of the vile and hateful speech that the current combination of law and technology has bred. The facts are then treated to analysis and policy prescriptions. Read this book
and you will never again see the Internet through rose-colored glasses.
JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 295 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05089-1 | $27.95 * (£20.95 UK) | CURRENT AFFAIRS / LAW

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

35

The Evolution of the
Human Head
Daniel E. Lieberman
“L IEBERMAN ’ S

INTEGRATED APPROACH WILL MAKE HIS BOOK A FORUM FOR A WAY

OF THINKING IN HUMAN EVOLUTION THAT HAS NOT YET FOUND ITS EQUAL IN PRINT.”

—C HRISTOPHER D EAN , U NIVERSITY COLLEGE LONDON
In one sense, human heads function much like those of other mammals. We use them to chew,
smell, swallow, think, hear, and so on. But, in other respects, the human head is quite unusual.
Unlike other animals, even our great ape cousins, our heads are short and wide, very big brained,
snoutless, largely furless, and perched on a short, nearly vertical neck.
Daniel E. Lieberman sets out to explain how the human head works, and
why our heads evolved in this peculiarly human way.
DANIEL E.

Exhaustively researched and years in the making, this innovative
book documents how the many components of the head function, how
is Professor
they evolved since we diverged from the apes, and how they interact in
of Human
diverse ways both functionally and developmentally, causing them to be
Evolutionary Biology at
highly integrated. This integration not only permits the head’s many units
Harvard.
to accommodate each other as they grow and work, but also facilitates
evolutionary change. Lieberman shows how, when, and why the major
transformations evident in the evolution of the human head occurred.
The special way the head is integrated, Lieberman argues, made it possible for a few developmental shifts to have had widespread effects on craniofacial growth, yet
still permit the head to function exquisitely.
LIEBERMAN

This is the first book to explore in depth what happened in human evolution by integrating principles of development and functional morphology with the hominin fossil record.
The Evolution of the Human Head will permanently change the study of human evolution and
has widespread ramifications for thinking about other branches of evolutionary biology.
BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 6 3⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 55 HALFTONES, 110 LINE ILLUS. | 728 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04636-8 | $39.95 * (£29.95 UK) | SCIENCE

36

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Dilemmas and Connections
Selected Essays
Charles Taylor
There are, always, more things in heaven and earth than are dreamt of in one’s philosophy—
and in these essays Charles Taylor turns to those things not fully imagined or avenues not wholly
explored in his epochal A Secular Age. Here Taylor talks in detail about thinkers who are his
allies and interlocutors, such as Iris Murdoch, Alasdair MacIntyre, Robert Brandom, and Paul
Celan. He offers major contributions to social theory, expanding on the issues of nationalism,
democratic exclusionism, religious mobilizations, and modernity. And he delves even more deeply into themes taken up in
A Secular Age: the continuity of religion from the past into the
future; the nature of the secular; the folly of hoping to live by
C H A R L E S TAY L O R is
“reason alone”; the perils of moralism. He also speculates on
Professor Emeritus of
how irrationality emerges from the heart of rationality itself,
Philosophy, McGill
and why violence breaks out again and again.
University. A Secular
In A Secular Age, Taylor more evidently foregrounded
his Catholic faith, and there are several essays here that further explore that faith. Overall, this is a hopeful book, showing
how, while acknowledging the force of religion and the persistence of violence and folly, we nonetheless have the power
to move forward once we have given up the brittle pretensions
of a narrow rationalism.

Age, also published by
Harvard, was judged a
“best book of the year” in 2007 by
Publishers Weekly, Toronto Globe and Mail,
and the Times Literary Supplement, among
others. He is the author of many books,
including The Ethics of Authenticity,
Sources of the Self, and Philosophical

BELKNAP PRESS | FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 454 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05532-2 | $39.95 * (£29.95 UK) | PHILOSOPHY

Arguments (all from Harvard).

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

37

The Colors of Zion
Blacks, Jews, and Irish from 1845 to 1945
George Bornstein
“B ORNSTEIN ’ S

EMBRACE OF A MORE HUMANE VISION OF THE WORLD THAT

TRANSCENDS NARROW GROUP LOYALTIES MAY STRIKE SOME READERS AS
SENTIMENTAL OR SOMEHOW OUT OF KEEPING WITH A SERIOUS WORK OF CULTURAL
HISTORY.

B UT THE

PURPOSE OF THIS BOOK IS TO ARGUE THAT WE HAVE LITTLE HOPE

OF OVERCOMING THE DIFFERENCES OF THE PRESENT UNLESS WE HAVE A MUCH
BETTER GRASP OF THE DIFFERENCES OF THE PAST.”

—E RIC S UNDQUIST

GEORGE
BORNSTEIN

is C. A. Patrides
Professor of
Literature, Emeritus, at the
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.

A major reevaluation of relationships among Blacks, Jews, and Irish in
the years between the Irish Famine and the end of World War II, The
Colors of Zion argues that the cooperative efforts and sympathies
among these three groups, each persecuted and subjugated in its own
way, was much greater than often acknowledged today. For the Black,
Jewish, and Irish writers, poets, musicians, and politicians at the center of this transatlantic study, a sense of shared wrongs inspired repeated
outpourings of sympathy. If what they have to say now surprises us, it
is because our current constructions of interracial and ethnic relations
have overemphasized conflict and division. As George Bornstein says in
his Introduction, he chooses “to let the principals speak for themselves.”

While acknowledging past conflicts and tensions, Bornstein
insists on recovering the “lost connections” through which these groups
frequently defined their plights as well as their aspirations. In doing so, he examines a wide
range of materials, including immigration laws, lynching, hostile race theorists, Nazis and Klansmen, discriminatory university practices, and Jewish publishing houses alongside popular plays
like The Melting Pot and Abie’s Irish Rose, canonical novels like Ulysses and Daniel Deronda,
music from slave spirituals to jazz, poetry, and early films such as The Jazz Singer. The models
of brotherhood that extended beyond ethnocentrism a century ago, the author argues, might
do so once again today, if only we bear them in mind. He also urges us to move beyond arbitrary and invidious categories of race and ethnicity.
FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 20 HALFTONES | 250 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05701-2 |
$27.95 * (£20.95 UK) | HISTORY

38

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

The Two Faces of
American Freedom
Aziz Rana
“A

STRIKINGLY ORIGINAL AND POWERFUL ACCOUNT OF

A MERICAN

POLITICAL

CULTURE .”

—J EDEDIAH P URDY
“W ILL PUT THE CONCEPT OF SETTLER FREEDOM ON THE MAP OF SCHOLARSHIP
A MERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT, A MERICAN POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT, AND
DEMOCRATIC THEORY.”

ON

—R OGERS S MITH
The Two Faces of American Freedom boldly reinterprets the American
political tradition from the colonial period to modern times, placing issues
AZIZ RANA
of race relations, immigration, and presidentialism in the context of shiftis Assistant
ing notions of empire and citizenship. Today, while the U.S. enjoys
Professor of
tremendous military and economic power, citizens are increasingly insuLaw at
lated from everyday decision-making. This was not always the case. AmerCornell Law School.
ica, Aziz Rana argues, began as a settler society grounded in an ideal of
freedom as the exercise of continuous self-rule—one that joined direct
political participation with economic independence. However, this vision
of freedom was politically bound to the subordination of marginalized
groups, especially slaves, Native Americans, and women. These practices of liberty and exclusion were not separate currents, but rather two sides of the same coin.
However, at crucial moments, social movements sought to imagine freedom without
either subordination or empire. By the mid-twentieth century, these efforts failed, resulting in
the rise of hierarchical state and corporate institutions. This new framework presented national
and economic security as society’s guiding commitments and nurtured a continual extension of
America’s global reach. Rana envisions a democratic society that revives settler ideals, but combines them with meaningful inclusion for those currently at the margins of American life.
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 382 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04897-3 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) | HISTORY / POLITICS

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

39

Reading and Writing in Babylon
Dominique Charpin
Translated by Jane Marie Todd
Over 5,000 years ago, the history of humanity radically changed direction when writing was
invented in Sumer, the southern part of present-day Iraq. For the next three millennia, kings,
aristocrats, and slaves all made intensive use of cuneiform script to document everything from
royal archives to family records.
In engaging style, Dominique Charpin shows how hundreds of thousands of clay
tablets testify to the history of an ancient society that communicated broadly through letters to
gods, insightful commentary, and sales receipts. He includes a number of passages, offered in
translation, that allow readers an illuminating glimpse into the lives of
Babylonians. Charpin’s insightful overview discusses the methods and
institutions used to teach reading and writing, the process of apprenDOMINIQUE
ticeship, the role of archives and libraries, and various types of literaCHARPIN
ture, including epistolary exchanges and legal and religious writing.
is Professor of

The only book of its kind, Reading and Writing in Babylon
introduces Mesopotamia as the birthplace of civilization, culture, and
History at the Sorbonne, Paris.
literature while addressing the technical side of writing and arguing for
a much wider spread of literacy than is generally assumed. Charpin
combines an intimate knowledge of cuneiform with a certain breadth
of vision that allows this book to transcend a small circle of scholars.
Though it will engage a broad general audience, this book also fills a critical academic gap and
is certain to become the standard reference on the topic.
Mesopotamian

OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 46 HALFTONES, 7 LINE ILLUS., 1 MAP | 342 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04968-0 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) | HISTORY
Votive do g from Sumu-ilu. B eginning of 2nd millenium B C E . Louvre, Paris, France.
Photo Credit: Réunion des Musées Nationaux / Ar t Resource, NY

40

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

La Vita Nuova
Dante Alighieri
Translated by David R. Slavitt
Introduction by Seth Lerer
”G RACEFUL ,

READABLE , AND JUST—D AVID

AND SURPRISING ACHIEVEMENT.

T HIS

S LAVITT ' S TRANSLATION IS A DELICATE
S LAVITT, AND A

IS ANOTHER TRIUMPH FOR

TREAT FOR THE REST OF US .”

—H ENRY TAYLOR
La Vita Nuova (1292–94) has many aspects. Dante’s libello, or
“little book,” is most obviously a book about love. In a sequence
of thirty-one poems, the author recounts his love of Beatrice
from his first sight of her (when he was nine and she eight),
through unrequited love and chance encounters, to his profound grief sixteen years later at her sudden and unexpected
death. Linked with Dante’s verse are commentaries on the individual poems-—their form and meaning—as well as the events
and feelings from which they originate. Through these commentaries the poet comes to see romantic love as the first step
in a spiritual journey that leads to salvation and the capacity for
divine love. He aims to reside with Beatrice among the stars.

D AV I D R . S L AV I T T

is a poet and the
translator of more
than ninety works of
fiction, poetry, and
drama. S E T H L E R E R
is Dean of Arts and
Humanities and Distinguished Professor of
Literature at the University of California at
San Diego.

David Slavitt gives us a readable and appealing translation of one of the early, defining masterpieces of European literature, animating its verse and prose with a fluid, lively, and
engaging idiom and rhythm. His translation makes this first
major book of Dante’s stand out as a powerful work of art in its own regard, independent of its
“junior” status to La Commedia. In an Introduction, Seth Lerer considers Dante as a poet of civic
life. “Beatrice,” he reminds us, “lives as much on city streets and open congregations as she does
in bedroom fantasies and dreams.”
SEPTEMBER | 4 3⁄8 X 7 1⁄8 | 130 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05093-8 | $18.95 * (£14.95 UK) | LITERATURE

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

41

Desert Kingdom
How Oil and Water Forged Modern Saudi Arabia
Toby Craig Jones
Oil and water, and the science and technology used to harness them, have long been at the heart
of political authority in Saudi Arabia. Oil’s abundance, and the fantastic wealth it generated, has
been a keystone in the political primacy of the kingdom’s ruling family. The other bedrock element was water, whose importance was measured by its dearth. Over much of the twentieth
century, it was through efforts to control and manage oil and water that the modern state of
Saudi Arabia emerged.
The central government’s power over water, space, and people expanded steadily over
time, enabled by increasing oil revenues. The operations of the Arabian
American Oil Company proved critical to expansion and to achieving
power over the environment. Political authority in Saudi Arabia took shape
TO BY
through global networks of oil, science, and expertise. And, where oil and
CRAIG
water were central to the forging of Saudi authoritarianism, they were also
J O N E S is
instrumental in shaping politics on the ground. Nowhere was the impact
Assistant
more profound than in the oil-rich Eastern Province, where the politics of
Professor of History at Rutgers
oil and water led to a yearning for national belonging and to calls for revUniversity at New Brunswick.
olution.
Saudi Arabia is traditionally viewed through the lenses of Islam,
tribe, and the economics of oil. Desert Kingdom now provides an alternative history of environmental power and the making of the modern Saudi
state. It demonstrates how vital the exploitation of nature and the roles of
science and global experts were to the consolidation of political authority in the desert.
NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 292 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04985-7 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) | HISTORY

42

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Brain Storm
The Flaws in the Science of Sex Differences
Rebecca M. Jordan-Young
Female and male brains are different, thanks to hormones coursing through the brain before
birth. That’s taught as fact in psychology textbooks, academic journals, and bestselling books.
And these hardwired differences explain everything from sexual orientation to gender identity,
to why there aren’t more women physicists or more stay-at-home dads.
In this compelling book, Rebecca Jordan-Young takes on the evidence that sex differences are hardwired into the brain. Analyzing virtually all published research that supports the claims of “human brain
organization theory,” Jordan-Young reveals how often these studREBECC A M.
ies fail the standards of science. Even if careful researchers point
J O R D A N - YO U N G
out the limits of their own studies, other researchers and jouris a sociomedical
nalists can easily ignore them because brain organization theory
scientist and an
just sounds so right. But if a series of methodological weaknesses,
Assistant Professor
questionable assumptions, inconsistent definitions, and enormous
gaps between ambiguous findings and grand conclusions have
of Women’s Studies
accumulated through the years, then science isn’t scientific at all.
at Barnard College, Columbia University.
Elegantly written, this book argues passionately that the
analysis of gender differences deserves far more rigorous, biologically sophisticated science. “The evidence for hormonal sex differentiation of the human brain better resembles a hodge-podge
pile than a solid structure…Once we have cleared the rubble, we can begin to build newer,
more scientific stories about human development.”
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 15 HALFTONES, 3 TABLES | 390 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05730-2 | $35.00 * (£25.95 UK) | PSYCHOLOGY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

43

Announcing

The Vulgate Bible

DUMBARTON OAKS
MEDIEVAL LIBRARY

Volume I

The Pentateuch
The Dumbarton Oaks Medieval Library
is a groundbreaking new facing-page
translation series designed to make written achievements of medieval and
Byzantine culture available to both
scholars and general readers in the English-speaking world. It will offer the
classics of the medieval canon as well as
lesser-known gems of literary and cultural value to a global audience through
accessible modern translations based on
the latest research by leading scholars in the field.
With subjects ranging
from The Vulgate Bible to
the lives of saints, and genres as diverse as travelogues,
scientific treatises, and epic
and lyric poetry, this new
series will bring a vibrant
medieval world populated
with saints and sinners,
monsters and angels, kings
and slaves, poets and scholars, to a new generation of
readers who will discover
cultures and literatures
both hauntingly familiar
and wondrously alien.

Douay-Rheims Translation

Edited by Swift Edgar
The Vulgate Bible, compiled and translated in large
part by Saint Jerome at the intersection of the fourth
and fifth centuries CE, was used from the early Middle Ages through the twentieth century
in the Western European Christian (and, later, specifically Catholic) tradition. Its significance can hardly be overstated. The text influenced literature, visual art, music, and education during the Middle Ages and Renaissance, and its contents lay at the heart of much
of Western theological, intellectual, artistic, and
even political history of that period. At the end of
the sixteenth century, as a variety of Protestant vernacular Bibles became available, professors at a
SWIFT EDGAR is a research
Catholic college first at Douay, then at Rheims,
assistant at the Dumbarton Oaks
translated the Vulgate into English, among other reaResearch Library and Collection.
sons to combat the influence of rival theologies.
CHRISTOPHER MCDONOUGH is
This volume elegantly and affordably presents the text of the Pentateuch, the first five books
of the Bible, beginning with the creation of the
world and the human race, continuing with the
Great Flood, God’s covenant with Abraham,
Israel’s flight from Egypt and wanderings
through the wilderness, the laws revealed to
Moses, his mustering of the twelve tribes of
Israel, and ending on the eve of Israel’s introduction into the Promised Land. This is the
first volume of the projected five-volume set
of the complete Vulgate Bible.

Emeritus Professor of Classics at
the University of Toronto.
R. D. FULK is Chancellor’s

Professor of
English at
Indiana
University,
Bloomington.

In order to do justice
to the scope of the
medieval world, the series
commences with a focus on three languages—Byzantine Greek, Medieval
Latin, and Old English—and will incorporate additional vernacular languages
in the future.

44

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

DUMBARTON OAKS MEDIEVAL LIBRARY 1
NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 1050 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05534-6 | $29.95 * (£19.95 UK) |
RELIGION

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

The Beowulf Manuscript

The Arundel Lyrics /
The Poems of
Hugh Primas

Edited and translated by
R. D. Fulk

Edited and translated by
Christopher McDonough
This volume presents two complementary medieval anthologies containing lyrics by two outstanding Latin poets of the
second half of the twelfth century. The poet Peter of Blois was
proclaimed by a contemporary of his to be a master composer
of rhythmic verse. Peter’s secular love-lyrics gathered in the
Arundel manuscript give substance to that claim. Written with
a technical virtuosity that rivals the metrical display of Horatian lyric, the poems give eloquent and learned expression to
the cult of secular love that emerged in the twelfth century.
The collection is further augmented by verse as varied
as Christmas poems and satires on the venality of the Roman
Curia and immoral bishops, including a famous lament about
church corruption by Walther of Châtillon.
The cleric Hugh Primas won recognition and fame for
compositions in which he reflects upon his experiences, good
and bad, while traveling around the cities of northern France
(such as the important sees of Rheims and Sens) in search of
patronage. Artistic in conception and execution, the
poems are memorable for
the witty and often acerbic
tone with which Primas
engages the holders of
ecclesiastical power.
DUMBARTON OAKS MEDIEVAL
LIBRARY 2
NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 300 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05557-5 |
$29.95 * (£19.95 UK) | POETRY

Beowulf is one of the finest works of vernacular literature from
the European Middle Ages and as such is a fitting title to head
the Old English family of texts published in the Dumbarton
Oaks Medieval Library.
But this volume offers something unique. For the first
time in the history of Beowulf scholarship, the poem appears
alongside the other four texts from its sole surviving manuscript: the prose Passion of Saint Christopher, The Wonders of the
East, The Letter of Alexander the Great to Aristotle, and (following
Beowulf‘) the poem Judith. First-time readers as well as established scholars can now gain new insights into Beowulf—and
the four other texts—by approaching
each in its original context.
Could a fascination with the
monstrous have motivated the compiler of this manuscript, working over
a thousand years ago, to pull together
this diverse grouping into a single volume? The prose translation by R. D.
Fulk, based on the most recent editorial understanding, allows readers to
rediscover Beowulf ’s brilliant mastery
along with otherworldly delights in
the four companion texts in The
Beowulf Manuscript.
DUMBARTON OAKS MEDIEVAL LIBRARY 3
NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 390 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05295-6 |
$29.95 * (£19.95 UK) | LITERATURE

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

45

The Great Wall
A Cultural History
Carlos Rojas
Carlos Rojas presents a sweeping survey of the historical and political significance of one
of the world’s most recognizable monuments. Although the splendor of the Great Wall
has become virtually synonymous with its vast size, the structure’s conceptual coherence
is actually grounded on the tenuous and ephemeral stories we tell about it. These stories give life to the Wall and help secure its hold on our collective imagination, while at
the same time permitting it to constantly reinvent itself in accordance with the needs of
each new era.

C A R LO S R O J A S

is Assistant
Professor of
Chinese Cultural
Studies at Duke University.

Through an examination of allusions to the Wall in an
eclectic array of texts—ranging from official dynastic histories,
elite poetry, and popular folktales, to contemporary tourist testimonials, children’s songs, and avant-garde performance art—
this study maps out a provocative new framework for
understanding the structure’s function and significance.
This volume approaches the Wall through the stories
we tell and contends that it is precisely in this cultural history
that we may find the Wall’s true meaning, together with the
secret of its greatness.

DECEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 17 HALFTONES, 6 MAPS | 216 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04787-7 | $24.95 * (£18.95 UK) | HISTORY / TRAVEL
Chinae, O lim S ina rum Regionis, Nova D esc riptio: Auc tore Ludouico Ge orgio by Abraham O r telius and Luis
Jorge de B arbuda (1584). The Hong Kong Universit y of S cience and Technolo gy.

46

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Near Andersonville
Winslow Homer’s Civil War
Peter H. Wood
The admired American painter Winslow Homer rose to national attention during the Civil War.
But one of his most important early images remained unknown for a century. The renowned
artist is best known for depicting ships and sailors, hunters and fishermen, rural vignettes and
coastal scenes. Yet he also created some of the first serious black figures in American art. Near
Andersonville (1865–66) is the earliest and least known of these impressive images.
Peter Wood, a leading expert on Homer’s images of blacks,
reveals the long-hidden story of this remarkable Civil War painting.
His brisk narrative locates the picture in southwest Georgia in
August 1864 and provides its military and political context. Wood
underscores the agony of the Andersonville prison camp and highlights a huge but little-known cavalry foray ordered by General Sherman as he laid siege to Atlanta. Homer’s image takes viewers
“behind enemy lines” to consider the utter failure of “Stoneman’s
Raid” from the perspective of an enslaved black Southerner.

PETER H. WOOD

is Professor
Emeritus of
History at Duke
University.

By examining the interplay of symbolic elements, Wood
reveals a picture pregnant with meaning. He links it to Abraham
Lincoln’s presidential campaign of 1864 and underscores the enduring importance of Homer’s
thoughtful black woman. The painter adopted a bottom-up perspective on slavery and emancipation that most scholars needed another century to discover. By integrating art and history,
Wood’s provocative study gives us a fresh vantage point on Homer’s early career, the struggle
to end slavery, and the dramatic closing years of the Civil War.
THE NATHAN I. HUGGINS LECTURES |
NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 8 COLOR ILLUS., 16 HALFTONES | 132 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05320-5 | $18.95 * (£14.95 UK) |
HISTORY / ART

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

47

The Hungry World
America’s Cold War Battle against Poverty in Asia
Nick Cullather
“C ULLATHER

HAS WRITTEN AN EPIC STORY THAT IS ESSENTIAL READING FOR ANYONE

WHO CARES ABOUT THE HISTORY— AND FUTURE — OF GLOBAL POVERTY.”

—M ATTHEW CONNELLY, AUTHOR
C ONTROL W ORLD P OPULATION

OF

FATAL M ISCONCEPTION : T HE S TRUGGLE TO

Food was a critical front in the Cold War battle for Asia. “Where Communism goes, hunger follows” was the slogan of American nation builders who fanned out into the countryside to divert
rivers, remodel villages, and introduce tractors, chemicals, and genes to
multiply the crops consumed by millions. This “green revolution” has
been credited with averting Malthusian famines, saving billions of lives,
and jump-starting Asia’s economic revival. Bono and Bill Gates hail it
NICK
as a model for revitalizing Africa’s economy. But this tale of science triC U L L AT H E R
umphant conceals a half century of political struggle from the Afghan
is Associate
highlands to the rice paddies of the Mekong Delta, a campaign to transProfessor of
form rural societies by changing the way people eat and grow food.

History at Indiana University.

The ambition to lead Asia into an age of plenty grew alongside development theories that targeted hunger as a root cause of war.
Scientific agriculture was an instrument for molding peasants into citizens with modern attitudes, loyalties, and reproductive habits. But food
policies were as contested then as they are today. While Kennedy and Johnson envisioned
Kansas-style agribusiness guarded by strategic hamlets, Indira Gandhi, Marcos, and Suharto
inscribed their own visions of progress onto the land.
Out of this campaign, the costliest and most sustained effort for development ever
undertaken, emerged the struggles for resources and identity that define the region today. As
Obama revives the lost arts of Keynesianism and counter-insurgency, the history of these colossal projects reveals bitter and important lessons for today’s missions to feed a hungry world.
DECEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 9 HALFTONES, 1 MAP | 326 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05078-5 | $35.00 * (£25.95 UK) | HISTORY

48

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Reshaping the
Work-Family Debate
Why Men and Class Matter
Joan C. Williams
“AT

LAST, A BOOK THAT LEAPS PAST THE CURRENT WORK - FAMILY DEBATE . I T IS TIME

TO FREE WOMEN AND MEN TO NURTURE THEIR CHILDREN AND SUPPORT THEIR
FAMILIES .

B RILLIANT !”

—J OAN B LADES , CO - FOUNDER
M OMS R ISING . ORG

OF

M OVE O N . ORG

AND

The United States has the most family-hostile public policy in the developed world. Despite what is often reported, new mothers don’t “opt
out” of work. They are pushed out by discriminating and inflexible
workplaces. Today’s workplaces continue to idealize the worker who
has someone other than parents caring for their children.

JOAN C.
WILLIAMS

is Distinguished
Professor of

Law, 1066
Conventional wisdom attributes women’s decision to leave
Foundation
work to their maternal traits and desires. In this thought-provoking
Chair, and founding Director of the
book, Joan Williams shows why that view is misguided and how workCenter
for WorkLife Law at the University
place practice disadvantages men—both those who seek to avoid the
of
California,
Hastings College of the Law.
breadwinner role and those who embrace it—as well as women. Faced
She is the author of Unbending Gender.
with masculine norms that define the workplace, women must play
the tomboy or the femme. Both paths result in a gender bias that is
exacerbated when the two groups end up pitted against each other.
And although work-family issues long have been seen strictly through
a gender lens, we ignore class at our peril. The dysfunctional relationship between the professional-managerial class and the white working class must be addressed
before real reform can take root.

Contesting the idea that women need to negotiate better within the family, and redefining the notion of success in the workplace, Williams reinvigorates the work-family debate and
offers the first steps to making life manageable for all American families.
THE WILLIAM E. MASSEY SR. LECTURES IN THE HISTORY OF AMERICAN CIVILIZATION |
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 2 GRAPHS | 288 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05567-4 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) |
SOCIOLOGY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

49

Latin America’s Cold War
Hal Brands
For Latin America, the Cold War was anything but cold. Nor was it the so-called “long peace”
afforded the world’s superpowers by their nuclear standoff. In this book, the first to take an
international perspective on the postwar decades in the region, Hal Brands sets out to explain
what exactly happened in Latin America during the Cold War, and why it was so traumatic.
Tracing the tumultuous course of regional affairs from the late 1940s through the early
1990s, Latin America’s Cold War delves into the myriad crises and turning points of the
period—the Cuban revolution and its aftermath; the recurring cycles of insurgency and counterinsurgency; the emergence of currents like the National Security Doctrine, liberation theology,
and dependency theory; the rise and demise of a hemispheric diplomatic
challenge to U.S. hegemony in the 1970s; the conflagration that engulfed
Central America from the Nicaraguan revolution onward; and the demHAL
ocratic and economic reforms of the 1980s.
B R A N D S is

Senior Analyst
at the
Institute for Defense Analyses
and the author of From Berlin to
Baghdad: America’s Search for
Purpose in the Post–Cold War

Most important, the book chronicles these events in a way that
is both multinational and multilayered, weaving the experiences of a
diverse cast of characters into an understanding of how global, regional,
and local influences interacted to shape Cold War crises in Latin America. Ultimately, Brands exposes Latin America’s Cold War as not a single
conflict, but rather a series of overlapping political, social, geostrategic,
and ideological struggles whose repercussions can be felt to this day.

World.
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 17 HALFTONES | 326 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05528-5 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) | HISTORY

50

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

God-Fearing and Free
A Spiritual History of America’s Cold War
Jason W. Stevens
“T HOROUGH

AND CONVINCING

...

LUCID AND URGENT

. . . S TEVENS ’ S

BOOK

SHOWS US JUST HOW IMPORTANT WERE THE POPULAR ELEMENTS OF
FUNDAMENTALIST

C HRISTIANITY

DURING THE

COLD WAR

AND SETS ASIDE AS

RELATIVELY UNIMPORTANT THE RE - ALLURING INTELLECTUAL TRAGIC IRONIST,

R EINHOLD N IEBUHR .”
—PAUL A. B OVÉ , U NIVERSITY

OF

P ITTSBURGH

Religion has been on the rise in America for decades—which strikes
many as a shocking new development. To the contrary, Jason
J A S O N W.
Stevens asserts, the rumors of the death of God were premature.
S T E V E N S is
Americans have always conducted their cultural life through reliAssistant Professor
gious symbols, never more so than during the Cold War. In Godof English, Harvard
Fearing and Free, Stevens discloses how the nation, on top of the
University.
world and torn between grandiose self-congratulation and doubt
about the future, opened the way for a new master narrative. The
book shows how the American public, powered by a national religious revival, was purposefully disillusioned regarding the country’s
mythical innocence and fortified for an epochal struggle with totalitarianism.
Stevens reveals how the Augustinian doctrine of original sin was refurbished and then
mobilized in a variety of cultural discourses that aimed to shore up democratic society against
threats preying on the nation’s internal weaknesses. Suddenly, innocence no longer meant a
clear conscience. Instead it became synonymous with totalitarian ideologies of the fascist right
or the communist left, whose notions of perfectability were dangerously close to millenarian
ideals at the heart of American Protestant tradition. As America became riddled with self-doubt,
ruminations on the meaning of power and the future of the globe during the “American Century” renewed the impetus to religion.
Covering a wide selection of narrative and cultural forms, Stevens shows how writers,
artists, and intellectuals, the devout as well as the nonreligious, disseminated the terms of this
cultural dialogue, disputing, refining, and challenging it—effectively making the conservative
case against modernity as liberals floundered.
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 424 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05555-1 | $39.95 * (£29.95 UK) | HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

51

Wagner and the
Erotic Impulse
Laurence Dreyfus
Though his image is tarnished today by unrepentant anti-Semitism, Richard Wagner
(1813–1883) was better known in the nineteenth century for his provocative musical
eroticism. In this illuminating study of the composer and his works, Laurence Dreyfus
shows how Wagner’s obsession with sexuality prefigured the composition of operas such
as Tannhäuser, Die Walküre, Tristan und Isolde and Parsifal. Daring to represent erotic
stimulation, passionate ecstasy, and the torment of sexual
desire, Wagner sparked intense reactions from figures like
Baudelaire, Clara Schumann, Nietzsche, and Nordau,
whose verbal tributes and censures disclose what was
L AU R E N C E D R E YF U S
transmitted when music represented sex.
is Professor of Music at

Wagner himself saw the cultivation of an erotic
high style as central to his art, especially after devising an
Fellow of Magdalen
anti-philosophical response to Schopenhauer’s “metaCollege. He is the author of Bach’s
physics of sexual love.” A reluctant eroticist, Wagner
Continuo Group and Bach and the Patterns
masked his personal compulsion to cross-dress in pink
of Invention (both from Harvard).
satin and drench himself in rose perfumes while simultaneously incorporating his silk fetish and love of floral
scents into his librettos. His affection for dominant females
and surprising regard for homosexual love likewise enable
some striking portraits in his operas. In the end, Wagner’s achievement was to have fashioned an oeuvre which explored his sexual yearnings as much as it conveyed—as never
before—how music could act on erotic impulse.
Oxford University and a

DECEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 1 LINE ILLUS., 11 MUSIC EXAMPLES | 238 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-01881-5 | $27.95 * (£19.95 UK) |
MUSIC

52

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

What Was African American
Literature?
Kenneth W. Warren
African American literature is over. With this provocative claim Kenneth Warren sets out to
identify a distinctly African American literature—and to change the terms with which we discuss it.
Rather than contest other definitions, Warren makes a clear and compelling case for
understanding African American literature as creative and critical work
written by black Americans within and against the strictures of Jim
Crow America. Within these parameters, his book outlines protocols of
reading that best make sense of the literary works produced by African
K E N N E T H W.
American writers and critics over the first two-thirds of the twentieth
WA R R E N is
century.
Fairfax M. Cone

In Warren’s view, African American literature begged the quesDistinguished
tion: what would happen to this literature if and when Jim Crow was
Service
finally overthrown? Thus, imagining a world without African AmeriProfessor of
can literature was essential to that literature. In support of this point,
English at the University of
Warren focuses on three moments in the history of Phylon, an imporChicago.
tant journal of African American culture. In the dialogues Phylon documents, the question of whether race would disappear as an organizing
literary category emerges as shared ground for critical and literary practice. Warren also points out that while scholarship by black Americans
has always been the province of a petit bourgeois elite, the strictures of Jim Crow enlisted these
writers in a politics that served the race as a whole.
Finally, Warren’s work sheds light on the current moment in which advocates of
African American solidarity insist on a past that is more productively put behind us.
THE W. E. B. DU BOIS LECTURES | JANUARY | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 192 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04922-2 | $22.95 * (£16.95 UK) |
LITERATURE / AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

53

The Same Thing Over and Over
How School Reformers Get Stuck in Yesterday’s Ideas
Frederick M. Hess
In this genial and challenging overview of endless debates over school reform, Rick Hess shows
that even bitter opponents in debates about how to improve schools agree on much more than
they realize—and that much of it must change radically. Cutting through the tangled thickets
of right, and left-wing dogma, he clears the ground for transformation of the American school
system.
Whatever they think of school vouchers or charter schools, teacher merit pay or bilingual education, most educators and advocates take many other things for granted. The oneteacher–one-classroom model. The professional full-time
teacher. Students grouped in age-defined grades. The ninemonth calendar. Top-down local district control. All were
F R E D E R I C K M . H E S S is
innovative and exciting—in the nineteenth century. As
Resident Scholar and
Hess shows, the system hasn’t changed since most AmeriDirector of Education
cans lived on farms and in villages, since school taught you
Policy Initiatives at the
to read, write, and do arithmetic, and since only an elite
American Enterprise Institute and executive
went to high school, let alone college.
editor of Education Next.

Arguing that a fundamentally nineteenth century
system can’t be right for a twenty-first century world, Hess
suggests that uniformity gets in the way of quality, and
urges us to create a much wider variety of schools, to meet
a greater range of needs for different kinds of talents,
needed by a vastly more complex and demanding society.

NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 282 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05582-7 | $27.95 * (£20.95 UK) | EDUCATION

54

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Someone Has to Fail
The Zero-Sum Game of Public Schooling
David F. Labaree
What do we really want from schools? Only everything, in all its contradictions. Most of all, we
want access and opportunity for all children—but all possible advantages for our own. So argues
historian David Labaree in this provocative look at the way “this archetype of dysfunction works
so well at what we want it to do even as it evades what we explicitly ask it to do.”
Ever since the common school movement of the nineteenth century, mass schooling
has been seen as an essential solution to great social problems. Yet
as wave after wave of reform movements have shown, schools are
extremely difficult to change. Labaree shows how the very organiD AV I D F.
zation of the locally controlled, administratively limited school sysLABAREE
tem makes reform difficult.
At the same time, he argues, the choices of educational
consumers have always overwhelmed top-down efforts at school
reform. Individual families seek to use schools for their own purposes—to pursue social opportunity, if they need it, and to preserve
social advantage, if they have it. In principle, we want the best for
all children. In practice, we want the best for our own.

is Professor of
Education at
Stanford
University and
author of How to Succeed in School
Without Really Learning.

Provocative, unflinching, wry, Someone Has to Fail looks
at the way that unintended consequences of consumer choices have
created an extraordinarily resilient educational system, perpetually
expanding, perpetually unequal, constantly being reformed, and
never changing much.
NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 284 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05068-6 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) | EDUCATION

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

55

Promotion and Tenure
Confidential
David D. Perlmutter
“Sitting down with a young and brilliant mathematician, I asked what he thought were his
biggest problems in working toward tenure. Instead of describing difficulties with his equations
or his software programs, he lamented that (a) his graduate assistant wasn’t completing his tasks
on time, (b) his department chair didn’t seem to care if junior faculty obtained grants, and
(c) a senior professor kept glaring at him in faculty meetings. He knew he could handle the
intellectual side of being an academic—but what about the people side? ‘Why didn’t they offer
“Being a Professor 101” in graduate school?’ he wondered.”

D AV I D D .
P E R L M U T T E R is

Director of the
School of
Journalism and Mass Communication and a
Professor and Starch Faculty Fellow at the

Promotion and Tenure Confidential provides that course
in an astute and practical book, which shows that P&T is not just
about research, teaching, and service but also about human relations and political good sense. Drawing on research and extensive
interviews with junior and senior faculty across many institutions,
David D. Perlmutter provides clear-sighted guidance on planning
and managing an academic career, from graduate school to tenure
and beyond.

University of Iowa. He writes the “P&T

TOPICS INCLUDE

Confidential” column for the Chronicle of

( making the transformation from student and protégé to teacher

and mentor

Higher Education.

( seeking out and holding onto lifelong allies

( how to manage your online reputation and avoid “death by

Google”

( what to say and what not to say to deans and department chairs

( how meeting deadlines wins points with everyone in your life
( how, when, and to whom to say “no”

( when and how to look for a new job when you have a job
( how (and whom) to ask for letters of recommendation
( what to do if you know you’re not going to get tenure

NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 1 TABLE | 224 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04878-2 | $24.95 * (£18.95 UK) | EDUCATION

56

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

The Illusion of Free Markets
Punishment and the Myth of Natural Order
Bernard E. Harcourt
“B ERNARD H ARCOURT

HAS NEVER HAD AN UNINTERESTING THOUGHT, OR MADE AN

ARGUMENT THAT DOES NOT PROVOKE OR ENGAGE OR DELIGHT OR ENLIGHTEN — OR
DO ALL OF THOSE THINGS SIMULTANEOUSLY.”

—M ALCOLM G LADWELL
It is widely believed today that the free market is the best mechanism
ever invented to efficiently allocate resources in society. Just as fundamental as faith in the free market is the belief that government has a
legitimate and competent role in policing and the punishment arena.
This curious incendiary combination of free market efficiency and the Big
Brother state has become seemingly obvious, but it hinges on the illusion
of a supposedly natural order in the economic realm. The Illusion of
Free Markets argues that our faith in “free markets” has severely distorted American politics and punishment practices.

BERNARD E.
HARCOURT

is Julius
Kreeger
Professor of
Law and

Bernard Harcourt traces the birth of the idea of natural order
Professor of Political Science at
to eighteenth-century economic thought and reveals its gradual evoluThe University of Chicago.
tion through the Chicago School of economics and ultimately into
today’s myth of the free market. The modern category of “liberty”
emerged in reaction to an earlier, integrated vision of punishment and
public economy, known in the eighteenth century as “police.” This
development shaped the dominant belief today that competitive markets are inherently efficient and should be sharply demarcated from a government-run penal sphere.
This modern vision rests on a simple but devastating illusion. Superimposing the
political categories of “freedom” or “discipline” on forms of market organization has the unfortunate effect of obscuring rather than enlightening. It obscures by making both the free market
and the prison system seem natural and necessary. In the process, it facilitated the birth of the
penitentiary system in the nineteenth century and its ultimate culmination into mass incarceration today.
JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 7 TABLES, 12 GRAPHS | 264 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05726-5 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) |
ECONOMICS / SOCIOLOGY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

57

Genealogy of the
Pagan Gods
Volume 1: Books I–V
Giovanni Boccaccio
Edited and translated by Jon Solomon
Giovanni Boccaccio’s Genealogy of the Pagan Gods is an ambitious work of humanistic scholarship whose
goal is to plunder ancient and medieval literary sources so as to create a massive synthesis of Greek and
Roman mythology. The work also contains a famous defense of the value of studying ancient pagan
poetry in a Christian world.
The complete work in fifteen books contains a meticulously organized genealogical tree identifying approximately 950 Greco-Roman mythological figures. The scope is enormous: 723 chapters
include over a thousand citations from two hundred Greek, Roman,
medieval, and Trecento authors. Throughout the Genealogy, Boccaccio
JON SOLOMON

is Robert D.
Novak Professor of Western Civilization
& Culture and Professor of the Classics
and of Cinema Studies, University of
Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
G A RY R . G RU N D is Professor of English

58

deploys an array of allegorical, historical, and philological critiques of the
ancient myths and their iconography.
Much more than a mere compilation of pagan myths, the
Genealogy incorporates hundreds of excerpts from and comments on
ancient poetry, illustrative of the new spirit of philological and cultural
inquiry emerging in the early Renaissance. It is at once the most ambi-

Literature, Rhode Island College.

tious work of literary scholarship of the early Renaissance and a demon-

B R I A N P. C O P E N H AV E R is Professor of
History and Philosophy and Provost at
UCLA. L O D I N AU TA is Professor in the
History of Philosophy, University of
Groningen, the Netherlands.

stration to contemporaries of the moral and cultural value of studying

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

ancient poetry. This is the first volume of the projected three-volume set
of Boccaccio’s complete Genealogy.
THE I TATTI RENAISSANCE LIBRARY 46
JANUARY | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 5 HALFTONES | 630 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05710-4 |
$29.95 * (£19.95 UK) | LITERATURE

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

James Hankins, General Editor

THE I TAT TI RE NAISSAN CE LIBR ARY

Humanist Tragedies

Dialectical Disputations

Translated by Gary R. Grund

Lorenzo Valla

Humanist Tragedies, like its companion volume Humanist Comedies (ITRL

Edited and translated by
Brian P. Copenhaver and Lodi Nauta

19), contains a representative sampling of Latin drama written during the
Tre- and Quattrocento. The five tragedies included in this volume—

Lorenzo Valla (1407–1457) ranks among the greatest scholars and

Albertino Mussato’s Ecerinis (1314), Antonio Loschi’s Achilleis (ca. 1387),

thinkers of the Renaissance. He has secured lasting fame for his brilliant

Gregorio Corraro’s Progne (ca. 1429), Leonardo Dati’s Hyempsal (ca. 1442),

critical skills, most famously displayed in his exposure of the“Donation of

and Marcellino Verardi’s Fernandus servatus (1493)—were nourished by a

Constantine,” the forged document upon which the papacy based its

potent amalgam of classical, medieval, and pre-humanist sources.

claims to political power. Less well known in the English-speaking world

Just as Latin humanist comedy depended heavily upon Plautus

is Valla’s work in the philosophy of language, the basis of his reputation

and Terence, humanist tragedy drew its inspiration primarily from the

as the greatest philosopher of the humanist movement. The Dialectical Dis-

nine plays of Seneca. Dramatists also used ancient legends or contempo-

putations, translated here for the first time into any modern language, is

rary history as source material, dramatizing them as Seneca might have

his principal contribution to the philosophy of language and logic. A sav-

done. Some even attempted to outdo Seneca, exaggerating the bloody sen-

age attack on the scholastic tradition of Aristotelian logic, Valla sought to

sationalism, the bombastic rhetoric, and the insistence on retributive jus-

replace that tradition with a new logic based on the actual historical usage

tice for which he was famous.

of classical Latin and on a commonsense approach to semantics and argu-

Unlike comedy, which drew its narratives from ordinary life and

ment. Valla’s goal was to provide a logic that could be used by lawyers,

from love, sex, money, and manners, tragedy was not concerned with

preachers, statesmen and others who needed to succeed in public debate;

human foibles but with distant tragic heroes. The impossible choices faced

a logic that was both stylistically correct and rhetorically elegant; and thus

by larger-than-life men and women whose heroic destinies hung in the

a logic which could dispense with the technical language of the scholas-

balance gave tragedy a considerably shorter shelf-life than comedies. While

tics, that “tribe of Peripatetics, perverters of natural meanings.” Valla’s

comedy stayed relevant, tragedy became problematic, evolving into the

reformed dialectic became a milestone in the development of humanist

hybrid genre of tragicomedy by the end of the Quattrocento. Humanist

logic and contained startling anticipations of certain modern theories of

tragedy testifies to the momentous changes in literary and cultural con-

semantics and language.

ventions that occurred during the Renaissance.
THE I TATTI RENAISSANCE LIBRARY 45
JANUARY | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 350 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05725-8 |
$29.95 * (£19.95 UK) | DRAMA

THE I TATTI RENAISSANCE LIBRARY 47
JANUARY | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 672 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05576-6 |
$29.95 * (£19.95 UK) | PHILOSOPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

59

The Great Heart of
the Republic
St. Louis and the Cultural Civil War
Adam Arenson
“A N AMBITIOUS , INNOVATIVE , AND ENGAGING LOOK AT THE PIVOTAL ROLE
S T. LOUIS PLAYED IN THE CULTURAL CONTEST TO DETERMINE THE DESTINY OF
THE U NITED S TATES .”
—S TEPHEN A RON , UCLA
The Civil War revealed what united as well as what divided Americans in the nineteenth century—not only in its deadly military conflict, but also in the broader battle of ideas, dueling moral systems,
and competing national visions that preceded and followed. This
cultural civil war was the clash among North, South, and West, as
their leaders sought to shape Manifest Destiny and slavery politics.

ADAM
ARENSON

is Assistant
Professor of

No site embodied this struggle more completely than St.
Louis, the largest city along the border of slavery and freedom. In
this sweeping history, Adam Arenson reveals a city at the heart of
the cultural civil war. St. Louisans heralded a new future, erasing old
patterns as the United States stretched across the continent. They
tried to reorient the nation’s political landscape, with westerners in
the vanguard and St. Louis as the cultural, commercial, and national capital. John C.
Calhoun, Frederick Douglass, Walt Whitman, and John Brown tracked the progress of
the cultural contest by monitoring events in St. Louis, observing how the city’s leaders
tried yet ultimately failed to control the national destiny.

History at the University of Texas
at El Paso.

The interplay of local ambitions and national meanings reveals the wider cultural transformation brought about by westward expansion, political strife, and emancipation in the era of the Civil War and Reconstruction. This vibrant and beautifully
written story enriches our understanding of America at a crossroads.
JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 22 HALFTONES, 2 MAPS | 320 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05288-8 |
$35.00 * (£25.95 UK) | HISTORY

60

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

humanities

Sublime Dreams of
Living Machines
The Automaton in the European Imagination
Minsoo Kang
From the dawn of European civilization to the twentieth century, the automaton—better known today as the robot—has captured the Western imagination and provided a
vital lens into the nature of humanity.
Historian Minsoo Kang argues that to properly understand the
human-as-machine and the human-as-fundamentally-different-frommachine, we must trace the origins of these ideas and examine how
they were transformed by intellectual, cultural, and artistic appearMINSOO
ances of the automaton throughout the history of the West. Kang
K A N G is Associate
tracks the first appearance of the automaton in ancient myths
Professor of History at
through the medieval and Renaissance periods, marks the proliferthe University of
ation of the automaton as a central intellectual concept in the SciMissouri–St. Louis.
entific Revolution and the subsequent backlash during the
Enlightenment, and details appearances in Romantic literature and
the introduction of the living machine in the Industrial Age. He concludes with a reflection on the destructive confrontation between
humanity and machinery in the modern era and the reverberations of the humanitymachinery theme today.
Sublime Dreams of Living Machines is an ambitious historical exploration and, at
heart, an attempt to fully elucidate the rich and varied ways we have utilized our most
uncanny creations to explore essential questions about ourselves.
FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 20 HALFTONES, 3 TABLES | 358 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04935-2 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) | HISTORY
Photo by M ia Ulmer / w w w.birchtreestudiostl.com; Hero of Alexandria, design for an automaton theater

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

61

The Arc of the Moral
Universe and Other
Essays
Joshua Cohen
In this collection of essays, Joshua Cohen locates ideas about
democracy in three far-ranging contexts. First, he explores the
relationship between democratic values and history. He then discusses democracy in connection with the views of defining political theorists in the democratic tradition: John Locke, John
Rawls, Noam Chomsky, Juergen Habermas, and Susan Moller
Okin. Finally, he examines the place of democratic ideals in a
global setting, suggesting an idea of “global public reason”—a
terrain of political justification in global politics in which shared
reason still plays an essential role.
All the essays are linked by his overarching claim that political philosophy is a practical subject intended to orient and guide
conduct in the social world. Cohen integrates moral, socialscientific, and historical argument in order to develop this
stance, and he further confronts the question of whether a society conceived in liberty and dedicated to equality can endure. At
Gettysburg, President Lincoln forcefully stated the question and
expressed both hope and concern over this same struggle about
an affirmative answer. By enabling us to trace the arc of the
moral universe, the essays in this volume—along with the companion collection on Philosophy, Politics, Democracy—give us
some reasons for sharing that hope.

Geographic Fantasy and the Rise of
National Literature

Jennifer Rae Greeson
Since the birth of the nation, we have turned to stories about the
American South to narrate the rapid ascendency of the United
States on the world stage. The idea of a cohesive South, different from yet integral to the United States, arose with the very
formation of the nation itself. Its semitropical climate, plantation production, and heterogeneous population once defined the
New World from the perspective of Europe. By founding U.S. literature through opposition to the South, writers boldly asserted
their nation to stand apart from the imperial world order.
Our South tracks the nation/South juxtaposition in U.S.
literature from the founding to the turn of the twentieth century, through genres including travel writing, gothic and
romance novels, geography textbooks, transcendentalist prose,
and abolitionist address. Even as the southern states became
peripheral to U.S. politics and economy, Jennifer Rae Greeson
demonstrates that in literature the South remained central to
the expanding and evolving idea of the nation.
Claiming the South as our deviant and recalcitrant “other,”
Americans have projected an anti-imperial imperative of domesticating and civilizing, administering and integrating underdeveloped regions both within our borders and beyond. Our South
has been a primal site for thinking about geography and power
in the United States.

J O S H U A C O H E N i s M a r t a S u t to n We e k s P ro fe s s o r o f

J E N N I F E R R A E G R E E S O N i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe ssor of

Ethi c s i n S o c i e t y at S t a n fo rd U n i ve r s i t y a n d e d i to r o f
Bosto n Re v i e w.

A m e r i c a n L i te r at u re at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f Vi rg i n i a.

JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 390 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05560-5 |
$39.95X (£29.95 UK) | PHILOSOPHY

62

Our South

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 18 HALFTONES, 3 MAPS | 352 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-02428-1 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) |
LITERATURE / AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES

p re s s

Do Metaphors Dream
of Literal Sleep?

Sound and Script in
Chinese Diaspora

A Science-Fictional Theory of Representation

Jing Tsu

Seo-Young Chu

“A

In culture and scholarship, science-fictional worlds are perceived
as unrealistic and altogether imaginary. Seo-Young Chu offers a
bold challenge to this perception of the genre, arguing instead
that science fiction is a form of “high-intensity realism” capable
of representing non-imaginary objects that elude more traditional, “realist” modes of representation. Powered by lyric forces
that allow it to transcend the dichotomy between the literal and
the figurative, science fiction has the capacity to accommodate
objects of representation that are themselves neither entirely figurative nor entirely literal in nature. Chu explores the globalized world, cyberspace, war trauma, the Korean concept of han,
and the rights of robots, all as referents for which she locates
science-fictional representations in poems, novels, music, films,
visual pieces, and other works ranging within and without previous demarcations of the science fiction genre. In showing the
divide between realism and science fiction to be illusory, Do
Metaphors Dream of Literal Sleep? sheds new light on the value
of science fiction as an aesthetic and philosophical resource—
one that matters more and more as our everyday realities grow
increasingly resistant to straightforward representation.
S E O - YO U N G C H U i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f E n g l is h
at Q ueens Colle g e, C i t y U n i ve r s i t y o f New Yo r k .
JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 276 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05517-9 |
$39.95X (£29.95 UK) | LITERATURE / SCIENCE FICTION

FASCINATING INQUIRY INTO THE INSTITUTIONALIZATION AND

DISSEMINATION OF MODERN

C HINESE

LANGUAGE FROM THE LATE

NINETEENTH CENTURY TO THE PRESENT DAY.”

—D AVID D ER - WEI WANG , H ARVARD U NIVERSITY

What happens when language wars are not about hurling insults
or quibbling over meanings, but are waged in the physical
sounds and shapes of language itself?
Native and foreign speakers, mother tongues and national
languages, have jostled for distinction throughout the modern
period. The fight for global dominance between the English and
Chinese languages opens into historical battles over the control
of the medium through standardization, technology, bilingualism, pronunciation, and literature in the Sinophone world.
Encounters between global languages, as well as the internal
tensions between Mandarin and other Chinese dialects, present
a dynamic, interconnected picture of languages on the move.
In Sound and Script in Chinese Diaspora, Jing Tsu
explores the new global language trade, arguing that it aims at
more sophisticated ways of exerting influence besides simply
wielding knuckles of power. Through an analysis of the different
relationships between language standardization, technologies of
writing, and modern Chinese literature around the world
from the nineteenth century to the present, this study
transforms how we understand the power of language in
migration and how that is changing the terms of cultural
dominance. Drawing from an unusual array of archival
sources, this study cuts across the usual China-West
divide and puts its finger on the pulse of a pending supranational world under “literary governance.”
J I N G T S U i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f C h i n e s e

L i te r at u re at Ya l e U n i ve r s i t y.
“S elf-Por trait,” by Lu Zhuangzhang, in A Primer at a G lance: Chinese New
Phonetic S cript in the Amoy D ialec t ( Yimu liaoran chujie: Zhongguo qieyin
xinzi Xia qiang), 1892.

JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 14 HALFTONES | 280 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05540-7 | $45.00X (£33.95 UK) |
LITERATURE / ASIAN STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

63

social science

Dairy Queens
The Politics of Pastoral Architecture from Catherine de’ Medici to
Marie-Antoinette
Meredith S. Martin
In a lively narrative that spans more than two centuries, Meredith Martin tells the story of a royal
and aristocratic building type that has been largely forgotten today: the pleasure dairy of early
modern France. These garden structures—most famously the faux-rustic, white marble dairy
built for Marie-Antoinette’s Hameau at Versailles—have long been dismissed as the trifling follies of a reckless elite. Martin challenges such assumptions and reveals the pivotal role that
pleasure dairies played in cultural and political life, especially with respect to polarizing debates
about nobility, femininity, and domesticity. Together with other forms
of pastoral architecture such as model farms and hermitages, pleasure
dairies were crucial arenas for elite women to exercise and experiment
MEREDITH S.
with identity and power.
MARTIN

is Assistant
Professor of Art at Wellesley
College.

Opening with Catherine de’ Medici’s lavish dairy at
Fontainebleau (c. 1560), Martin’s book explores how French queens
and noblewomen used pleasure dairies to naturalize their status, display
their cultivated tastes, and proclaim their
virtue as nurturing mothers and capable
estate managers. Pleasure dairies also provided women with a site to promote good
health, by spending time in salubrious gardens and consuming fresh milk. Illustrated
with a dazzling array of images and photographs, Dairy Queens sheds new light
on architecture, self, and society in the
ancien régime.
HARVARD HISTORICAL STUDIES 176 |
FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 82 COLOR ILLUS.,
8 HALFTONES | 358 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04899-7 |
$45.00X (£33.95 UK) | HISTORY
From lef t: “Por trait of M arguerite B audard de
S aint-James, M arquise de Puységur ” by E lisab eth
Vigée Le Brun, 1786. Cour tesy of The Snite Museum
of Ar t, Universit y of Notre Dame; “Por trait of the
D uchesse de G uiche” by E lisab eth Vigée Le Brun,
1784. Private Collec tion.

64

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Group Experiment
and Other Writings

Venice’s Most
Loyal City

The Frankfurt School on Public Opinion in
Postwar Germany

Civic Identity in Renaissance Brescia

Stephen D. Bowd

Friedrich Pollock, Theodor W.
Adorno, and Colleagues
Edited, translated, and introduced by
Andrew J. Perrin and Jeffrey K. Olick
During the occupation of West Germany after the Second World
War, the American authorities commissioned polls to assess the
values and opinions of ordinary Germans. They concluded that
the fascist attitudes of the Nazi era had weakened to a large
degree. Theodor W. Adorno and his Frankfurt School colleagues,
who returned in 1949 from the United States, were skeptical.
They held that standardized polling was an inadequate and
superficial method for exploring such questions. In their view,
public opinion is not simply an aggregate of individually held
opinions, but is fundamentally a public concept, formed through
interaction in conversations and with prevailing attitudes and
ideas “in the air.” In Group Experiment, edited by Friedrich
Pollock, they published their findings on their group discussion
experiments that delved deeper into the process of opinion formation. Andrew J. Perrin and Jeffrey K. Olick make a case that
these experiments are an important missing link in the ontology
and methodology of current social-science survey research.
FRIEDRICH POLLOCK (1894–1970) was director of the

Institute for Social Research, the Frankfurt School, from
1928 to 1959. THEODOR W. ADORNO (1903–1969) was
a leading figure in the Frankfurt School and one of the
twentieth century’s most demanding intellectuals.
ANDREW J. PERRIN is Associate Professor of Sociology,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. JEFFREY K.
OLICK is Professor of Sociology and History, University of
Virginia.
FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 20 FIGURES, 29 TABLES | 200 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04846-1 | $49.95X (£36.95 UK) | SOCIOLOGY

By the second decade of the fifteenth century Venice had established an empire in Italy extending from its lagoon base to the
lakes, mountains, and valleys of the northwestern part of the
peninsula. The wealthiest and most populous part of this empire
was the city of Brescia which, together with its surrounding territory, lay in a key frontier zone between the politically powerful Milanese and the economically important Germans. Venetian
governance there involved political compromise and some sensitivity to local concerns, and Brescians forged their distinctive
civic identity alongside a strong Venetian cultural presence.
Based on archival, artistic, and architectural evidence,
Stephen Bowd presents an innovative microhistory of a fascinating, yet historically neglected city. He shows how Brescian
loyalty to Venice was repeatedly tested by a succession of disasters: assault by Milanese forces, economic downturn,
demographic collapse, and occupation by
French and Spanish armies intent on dismembering the Venetian empire. In
spite of all these troubles the city
experienced a cultural revival and a
dramatic political transformation
under Venetian rule, which Bowd
describes and uses to illuminate
the process of state formation in
one of the most powerful regions
of Renaissance Italy.
S T E P H E N D. B O W D is

S e n i o r Le c t u re r i n Eu ro p e a n
H i s to r y, U n i ve r s i t y o f
Ed i n b u rg h .
I TATTI STUDIES IN ITALIAN RENAISSANCE HISTORY |
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 7 HALFTONES | 360 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05120-1 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) | HISTORY

“Neptune Transforming Cygnus into a Swan” by N icola da Urbino.
© National Museums S cotland

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

65

Advertising Empire
Race and Visual Culture in Imperial Germany

David Ciarlo

In the Shadow of
Sectarianism
Law, Shi‘ism, and the Making of Modern Lebanon

At the end of the nineteenth
century, Germany turned
toward colonialism, establishing
protectorates in Africa, and
toward a mass consumer society, mapping the meaning of
commodities through advertising. These developments, distinct in the world of political
economy, were intertwined in
the world of visual culture.
David Ciarlo offers an
innovative visual history of each
of these transformations. Tracing commercial imagery across different products and media, Ciarlo shows how and why the
“African native” had emerged by 1900 to become a familiar figure in the German landscape, selling everything from soap to
shirts to coffee. The racialization of black figures, first associated
with the American minstrel shows that toured Germany, found
ever greater purchase in German advertising up to and after
1905, when Germany waged war against the Herero in Southwest Africa. The new reach of advertising not only expanded
the domestic audience for German colonialism, but transformed
colonialism’s political and cultural meaning as well, by infusing
it with a simplified racial cast.
The visual realm shaped the worldview of the colonial
rulers, illuminated the importance of commodities, and in the
process, drew a path to German modernity. The powerful vision
of racial difference at the core of this modernity would have profound consequences for the future.
D AV I D C I A R L O i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f H i s to r y,
Unive r s i t y o f C i n c i n n at i .

Max Weiss
Contrary to the conventional wisdom that sectarianism is intrinsically linked to violence, bloodshed, or social disharmony, Max
Weiss uncovers the complex roots of Shi’i sectarianism in twentieth-century Lebanon.
The template for conflicted relations between the Lebanese
state and Shi’i society arose under French Mandate rule through
a process of gradual transformation, long before the political
mobilization of the Shi’i community under the charismatic
Imam Musa al-Sadr and his Movement of the Deprived, and
decades before the radicalization linked to Hizballah. Throughout the period, the Shi’i community was buffeted by crosscutting
political, religious, and ideological currents: transnational affiliations versus local concerns; the competing pull of Arab nationalism and Lebanese nationalism; loyalty to Jabal Amil, the
cultural heartland of Shi’i Lebanon; and the modernization of
religious and juridical traditions.
Uncoupling the beginnings of modern Shi’i collective identity from the rise of political Shi’ism, Weiss transforms our understanding of the nature of sectarianism and shows why in
Lebanon it has been both so productive and so destructive at
the same time.
M A X W E I S S i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f H i s to r y and

Ne a r E a s te r n S t u d i e s at P r i n c e to n U n i ve r s i t y, a nd a
j u n i o r fe l l ow at t h e S o c i e t y o f Fe l l ows, H a r va rd
U n i ve r s i t y.
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 2 MAPS | 310 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05298-7 |
$39.95X (£29.95 UK) | HISTORY

Pack aging for Ceylon Cream Cho colates by the Stollwerck firm, Colo gne,
G ermany, c a. 1900. Verpackungsmuseum, Heidelb erg.

HARVARD HISTORICAL STUDIES 171 | JANUARY | 6 3⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 |
29 COLOR ILLUS., 106 HALFTONES | 400 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05006-8 |
$49.95X (£36.95 UK) | HISTORY

66

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Strangers on the
Western Front

Cultivating Global
Citizens

Chinese Workers in the Great War

Population in the Rise of China

Xu Guoqi

Susan Greenhalgh

During World War I, Britain and France imported workers from
their colonies to labor behind the front lines. The single largest
group of support labor came not from imperial colonies, however, but from China. Xu Guoqi tells the remarkable story of the
140,000 Chinese men recruited for the Allied war effort.
These laborers, mostly illiterate peasants from north China,
came voluntarily and worked in Europe longer than any other
group. Xu explores China’s reasons for sending its citizens to
help the British and French (and, later, the Americans), the backgrounds of the workers, their difficult transit to Europe—across
the Pacific, through Canada, and over the Atlantic—and their
experiences with the Allied armies. It was the first encounter
with Westerners for most of these Chinese peasants, and Xu also
considers the story from their perspective: how they understood
this distant war, the racism and suspicion they faced, and their
attempts to hold on to their culture so far from home.
In recovering this fascinating lost story, Xu highlights the
Chinese contribution to World War I and illuminates the essential role these unsung laborers played in modern
China’s search for a new
national identity on
the global stage.
X U G U O Q I is

Professor of
Histor y at the
Universit y of
Hong Kong.
FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 |
30 HALFTONES,
1 TABLE | 340 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04999-4 |
$39.95X (£29.95 UK) | HISTORY

Current accounts of China’s global
rise emphasize economics and politics, largely neglecting the cultivation
of China’s people. Susan Greenhalgh,
one of the foremost authorities on
China’s one-child policy, places the
governance of population squarely at
the heart of China’s ascent.
Focusing on the decade since
2000, and especially 2004–09, she
argues that the vital politics of population has been central to
the globalizing agenda of the reform state. By helping transform
China’s rural masses into modern workers and citizens, by working to strengthen, techno-scientize, and legitimize the PRC
regime, and by boosting China’s economic development and
comprehensive national power, the governance of the population has been critically important to the rise of global China.
After decades of viewing population as a hindrance to
modernization, China’s leaders are now equating it with
human capital and redefining it as a positive factor in the
nation’s transition to a knowledge-based economy. In
encouraging “human development,” the regime is trying to
induce people to become self-governing, self-enterprising
persons who will advance their own health, education,
and welfare for the benefit of the nation. From an object
of coercive restriction by the state, population is being
refigured as a field of self-cultivation by China’s people
themselves.
S U S A N G R E E N H A L G H i s P ro fe s s o r o f
A n t h ro p o l o g y at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f C a l i fo r n i a , I r v i n e.

From lef t: Photo cour tesy Universit y of Leeds Librar y Sp ecial Collec tions:
Liddle Collec tion; I nternational I nstitute of S o cial H istor y, Stefan R.
L andsb erger Collec tion (http://chinesep osters.net).

THE EDWIN O. REISCHAUER LECTURES | OCTOBER |
6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 1 HALFTONE, 5 LINE ILLUS., 6 TABLES | 136 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05571-1 | $29.95X (£22.95 UK) |
ASIAN STUDIES / SOCIOLOGY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

67

Capitalizing on Crisis
The Political Origins of the Rise of Finance

Greta R. Krippner
In the context of the recent financial crisis, the extent to which
the U.S. economy has become dependent on financial activities
has been made abundantly clear. In Capitalizing on Crisis, Greta
Krippner traces the longer-term historical evolution that made
the rise of finance possible, arguing that this development rested
on a broader transformation of the U.S. economy than is suggested by the current preoccupation with financial speculation.
Krippner argues that state policies that created conditions
conducive to financialization allowed the state to avoid a series
of economic, social, and political dilemmas that confronted policymakers as postwar prosperity stalled beginning in the late
1960s and 1970s. In this regard, the financialization of the economy was not a deliberate outcome sought by policymakers, but
rather an inadvertent result of the state’s attempts to solve other
problems. The book focuses on deregulation of financial markets during the 1970s and 1980s, encouragement of foreign capital into the U.S. economy in the context of large fiscal
imbalances in the early 1980s, and changes in monetary policy
following the shift to high interest rates in 1979.
Exhaustively researched, the book brings extensive new
empirical evidence to bear on debates regarding recent developments in financial markets and the broader turn to the market that has characterized U.S. society over the last several
decades.
G R E TA R . K R I P P N E R i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f

S ocio l o g y at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f M i c h i g a n .
FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 14 GRAPHS | 234 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05084-6 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) |
SOCIOLOGY / POLITICS

Homelessness,
Housing, and
Mental Illness
Russell K. Schutt
with Stephen M. Goldfinger
Humans are social animals and, in general, don’t thrive in isolated environments. Homeless people, many of whom suffer
from serious mental illnesses, often live socially isolated on the
streets or in shelters. Homelessness, Housing, and Mental Illness describes a carefully designed large-scale study to assess
how well these people do when attempts are made to reduce
their social isolation and integrate them into the community.
Should homeless mentally ill people be provided with the
type of housing they want or with what clinicians think they
need? Is residential staff necessary? Are roommates advantageous? How is community integration affected by substance
abuse, psychiatric diagnoses, and cognitive functioning? Homelessness, Housing, and Mental Illness answers these questions
and reexamines the assumptions behind housing policies that
support the preference of most homeless mentally ill people to
live alone in independent apartments. The analysis shows that
living alone reduces housing retention as well as cognitive functioning, while group homes improve these critical outcomes.
Throughout the book, Russell Schutt explores the meaning and
value of community for our most fragile citizens.
R U S S E L L K . S C H U T T i s P ro fe s s o r a n d C h a i r o f

S o c i o l o g y at U n i ve r s i t y o f M a s s a c h u s e t t s, B o s to n, and
Le c t u re r o n S o c i o l o g y i n t h e D e p a r t m e n t o f Ps ychiatr y
at t h e H a r va rd M e d i c a l S c h o o l. S T E P H E N M .
G O L D F I N G E R i s P ro fe s s o r o f Ps yc h i at r y a n d
B e h av i o r a l S c i e n c e s a n d D e p a r t m e n t C h a i r at S UNY
D ow n s t ate M e d i c a l Ce n te r.
FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 47 CHARTS, 7 TABLES | 390 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05101-0 | $49.95X (£36.95 UK) |
SOCIOLOGY / MEDICINE

68

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

religion and classics

The Gnostics
Myth, Ritual, and Diversity in Early Christianity
David Brakke
Who were the Gnostics? And how did the Gnostic movement influence
the development of Christianity in antiquity? Is it true that the Church
rejected Gnosticism? This book offers an illuminating discussion of recent
scholarly debates over the concept of “Gnosticism” and the nature of early
Christian diversity. Acknowledging that the category “Gnosticism” is flawed
and must be reformed, David Brakke argues for a more careful approach to
gathering evidence for the ancient
Christian movement known as the
Gnostic school of thought. He shows
how Gnostic myth and ritual
D AV I D B R A K K E is Professor of
addressed basic human concerns
Religious Studies at Indiana
about alienation and meaning, offered
University. He is the author of
a message of salvation in Jesus, and
Demons and the Making of the Monk
provided a way for people to regain
(Harvard).
knowledge of God, the ultimate
source of their being.
Rather than depicting the
Gnostics as heretics or as the losers in
the fight to define Christianity, Brakke
argues that the Gnostics participated in an ongoing reinvention of Christianity, in which other
Christians not only rejected their ideas but also adapted and transformed them. This book will
challenge scholars to think in news ways, but it also provides an accessible introduction to the
Gnostics and their fellow early Christians.
JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 160 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04684-9 |
$29.95X (£22.95 UK) | RELIGION
Christ flanked by t wo Ap ostles. Front of columnar sarcophagus with scen es of the New Testament. M arble bas relief,
Early Christian, c a. 350–375 C E . Museo Pio Cristiano, Vatic an Museums, Vatic an State. Photo Credit: Vanni / Ar t
Resource, NY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

69

EDITED BY JEFFREY HENDERSON

LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY
Plautus
Volume I: Amphitryon.
The Comedy of Asses.
The Pot of Gold.The Two Bacchises.The Captives
Edited and translated by Wolfgang de Melo
The rollicking comedies of Plautus, who brilliantly adapted Greek plays for Roman
audiences c. 205–184 BCE, are the earliest Latin works to survive complete and are cornerstones of the European theatrical tradition from
Shakespeare and Molière to modern times. This
first volume of a new Loeb edition of all 21
of Plautus’s extant comedies presents
Amphitruo, Asinaria, Aulularia, Bacchides, and Captivi with freshly
edited texts, lively modern translations, and ample explanatory notes. Accompanying the plays is a
detailed introduction to Plautus’s œuvre as a whole, discussing his
techniques of translation and adaptation, his use of Roman humor,
stage conventions, language and meter, and his impact on the
Greco-Roman comedic theater and beyond.
W O L F G A N G D E M E L O is Professor of Latin and

Greek at Ghent University.
LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY® 60
JANUARY | 4 1⁄4 X 6 3⁄8 | 534 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-99653-3 |
$24.00 (£15.95 UK) | CLASSICS

70

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Saturnalia
Books 1–2 / Books 3–5 / Books 6–7

The Learned
Banqueters

Macrobius

VolumeVII: Books 13.594b–14

Edited and translated by
Robert A. Kaster

Athenaeus

The Saturnalia, Macrobius’s encyclopedic celebration of
Roman culture written in the early fifth century BCE, has
been prized since the Renaissance as a treasure trove of otherwise unattested lore. Cast in the form of a dialogue, the
Saturnalia treats subjects as diverse as the divinity of the
Sun and the quirks of human digestion while showcasing
Vergil as the master of all human knowledge from diction
and rhetoric to philosophy and religion.
The new Latin text is based on a refined understanding of the medieval tradition and improves on Willis’s standard edition in nearly 300 places. The accompanying
translation—only the second in English and the only one
now in print—offers a clear and sprightly rendition of
Macrobius’s ornate Latin and is supplemented by ample
annotation. A full introduction places the work in its cultural context and analyzes its construction, while indexes of
names, subjects, and ancient works cited in both text and
notes make the work more readily accessible than ever
before.
R O B E R T A . K A S T E R is Professor of Classics

Edited and translated by
S. Douglas Olson
In The Learned Banqueters, Athenaeus describes a series
of dinner parties at which the guests quote extensively from
Greek literature. The work (which dates to the very end of
the second century CE) is amusing reading and of extraordinary value as a treasury of quotations from works now lost.
Athenaeus also preserves a wide range of information about
different cuisines and foodstuffs, the music and entertainments that ornamented banquets, and the intellectual talk
that was the heart of Greek conviviality. S. Douglas Olson
has undertaken to produce a complete new edition of the
work, replacing the previous Loeb Athenaeus (published
under the title Deipnosophists).
S . D O U G L A S O L S O N is Distinguished
McKnight University Professor of Classical and
Near Eastern Studies at the University of
Minnesota.
LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY® 345
JANUARY | 4 1⁄4 X 6 3⁄8 | 334 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-99673-1 |
$24.00 (£15.95 UK) | CLASSICS

and Kennedy Foundation Professor of Latin at
Princeton University.
LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY® 510
BOOKS 1–2 | JANUARY | 4 1⁄4 X 6 3⁄8 | 420 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-99649-6 | $24.00 (£17.95 UK) | CLASSICS
LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY® 511
BOOKS 3–5 | JANUARY | 4 1⁄4 X 6 3⁄8 | 422 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-99671-7 | $24.00 (£17.95 UK) | CLASSICS
LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY® 512
BOOKS 6–7 | JANUARY | 4 1⁄4 X 6 3⁄8 | 532 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-99672-4 | $24.00 (£17.95 UK) | CLASSICS

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

71

Augustine and
Spinoza

Marriage and Slavery
in Early Islam

Milad Doueihi

Kecia Ali

Translated by Jane Marie Todd
Election and grace are two key concepts that not only have
shaped the relations between Judaism and Christianity, but also
have formed a cornerstone of the Western philosophical discourse on the evolution and progress of humanity. Though
Augustine and Spinoza can be shown to share a methodological
approach to these concepts, their conclusions remain radically
different. For the Church Father Augustine, grace defines human
nature by the potential availability of divine intervention, thus
setting the stage for the institutional and political legitimacy of
the Church, the Christian state, and its justice. For Spinoza, on
the other hand, election represents a unique but local form of
divine intervention, marked by geography and historical context.
Milad Doueihi maps out the consequences of such an
encounter between these two thinkers in terms of their philosophical heritage and its continued relevance for contemporary
discussions of religious diversity and autonomy.
Augustine asserts a theological foundation for the political,
whereas Spinoza radically separates philosophy, and thus authority, from theology in order to solicit a political democracy. In this
sharply argued and deeply learned book, Milad Doueihi shows
us how interconnections between the two thinkers have come
to shape Western philosophy.
M I L A D D O U E I H I i s Ho n o r a r y P ro fe s s or i a l Fe l l ow at
the U n i ve r s i t y o f G l a s g ow a n d t h e a u t h or o f Ea r t h l y
Para d i se ( H a r va rd ) .
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 120 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05063-1 |
$29.95X (£22.95 UK) | PHILOSOPHY

72

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

What did it mean to be a wife, woman, or slave in a society in
which a land-owning woman was forbidden to lay with her male
slave but the same slave might be allowed to take concubines?
Jurists of the nascent Maliki, Hanafi, and Shafi‘i legal schools
frequently compared marriage to purchase and divorce to manumission. Juggling scripture, precedent, and custom on one
hand, and the requirements of logical consistency on the other,
legal scholars engaged in vigorous debate. The emerging consensus demonstrated a self-perpetuating analogy between a husband’s status as master and a wife’s as slave, even as jurists
insisted on the dignity of free women and, increasingly, the masculine rights of enslaved husbands.
Marriage and Slavery in Early Islam presents the first
systematic analysis of how these jurists conceptualized marriage—its rights and obligations—using the same rhetoric of
ownership used to describe slavery. Kecia Ali explores parallels
between marriage and concubinage that legitimized sex and
legitimated offspring using eighth- through tenth-century legal
texts. As the jurists discussed claims spouses could make on each
other—including dower, sex, obedience, and companionship–
they returned repeatedly to issues of legal status: wife and concubine, slave and free, male and female.
Complementing the growing body of scholarship on
Islamic marital and family law, Ali boldly contributes to the
ongoing debates over feminism, sexuality, and reform in Islam.
K E C I A A L I i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f Re l i g i o n at
B o s to n U n i ve r s i t y.
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 234 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05059-4 |
$39.95X (£29.95 UK) | RELIGION

p re s s

science

Life in a Shell
A Physiologist’s View of a Turtle
Donald C. Jackson
Trundling along in essentially the same form for some 220 million years, turtles have seen
dinosaurs come and go, mammals emerge, and humankind expand its dominion. Is it any wonder the persistent reptile bested the hare? In this engaging book physiologist Donald Jackson
shares a lifetime of observation of this curious creature, allowing us a look under the shell of an
animal at once so familiar and so strange.
Here we discover how the turtle’s proverbial slowness
helps it survive a long, cold winter under ice. How the shell not
only serves as a protective home but also influences such essential
functions as buoyancy control, breathing, and surviving remarkably
long periods without oxygen, and how many other physiological
features help define this unique animal. Jackson offers insight into
what exactly it’s like to live inside a shell—to carry the heavy carapace on land and in water, to breathe without an expandable
ribcage, to have sex with all that body armor intervening.

DONALD C.
J A C K S O N is

Professor Emeritus
of Medical Science,
Brown University.

Along the way we also learn something about the process
of scientific discovery—how the answer to one question leads to
new questions, how a chance observation can change the direction of study, and above all how
new research always builds on the previous work of others. A clear and informative exposition
of physiological concepts using the turtle as a model organism, the book is as interesting for what
it tells us about scientific investigation as it is for its deep and detailed understanding of how
the enduring turtle “works.”
FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 10 HALFTONES, 10 LINE ILLUS. | 174 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05034-1 | $29.95X (£22.95 UK) | NATURE
Photo by Donald C. Jackson

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

73

The Restless Plant
Dov Koller
Edited by Elizabeth Van Volkenburgh
Plants, so predictable, stay where they are. And yet, like all living things, they also move: they
grow, adapt, shed leaves and bark, spread roots and branches, snare pollinators, and reward
cultivators. This book, the first to thoroughly explore the subject since Darwin’s 1881 treatise
on movements in plants, is a comprehensive, up-to-date account of the mechanisms and the
adaptive values that move plants.
Drawing on examples across the spectrum of plant families—including mosses, ferns,
conifers, and flowering plants—the author opens a window on how plants move: within cells,
as individual cells, and via organs. Opening with an explanation of how cellular motors work and how cells manage to
move organs, Dov Koller considers the movement of roots,
D O V K O L L E R was Professor Emeritus in
tubers, rhizomes, and other plant parts underground, as well
the Department of Botany at the Hebrew
as the more familiar stems, leaves, and flowers.
University of Jerusalem. E L I Z A B E T H
VA N V O L K E N B U R G H is Adjunct

Professor of Forest Resources and
Divisional Dean for Research, College of
Arts and Sciences, University of
Washington.

Throughout, Koller presents information at the subcellular and cellular levels, including the roles of receptors, signaling pathways, hormones, and physiological responses in
motor function. He also discusses the adaptive significance of
movements. His book exposes the workings of a world little
understood and often overlooked, the world of restless plants
and the movements by which they accomplish the necessary
functions of their lives.

JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 6 HALFTONES, 30 LINE ILLUS. | 200 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04863-8 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) | NATURE
I llustrations by Dov B o ck

74

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

economics & law

Maynard’s Revenge
The Collapse of Free Market Macroeconomics
Lance Taylor
It is now widely agreed that mainstream macroeconomics is irrelevant and
that there is need for a more useful and realistic economic analysis that can
provide a better understanding of the ongoing global financial and economic
crisis. Lance Taylor’s book exposes the unrealistic assumptions of the rational
expectations and real business cycle approaches and of mainstream finance
theory. It argues that in separating monetary and financial behavior from real
behavior, they do not address the ways that consumption, accumulation, and
the government play in the workings of the economy.
Taylor argues that the ideas of J. M. Keynes and others provide a
more useful framework both for understanding the crisis and for dealing with
it effectively. Keynes’s basic points were fundamental uncertainty and the
absence of Say’s Law. He set up machinery to analyze the macro economy
under such circumstances, including the principle of
effective demand, liquidity preference, different rules
for determining commodity and asset prices, distinct
behavioral patterns of different collective actors, and
L A N C E TAY L O R is
the importance of thinking in terms of complete macro
Arnhold Professor of
accounting schemes. Economists working in this traInternational Cooperation
dition also worked out growth and cycle models.
Employing these ideas throughout Maynard’s Revenge, Taylor provides an analytical narrative
about the causes of the crisis, and suggestions for dealing with it.

and Development at the

New School. He is the
author of Reconstructing
Macroeconomics (Harvard).

JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 39 GRAPHS, 14 TABLES | 350 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05046-4 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) | ECONOMICS
Catherine Ledner / G ett y I mages

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

75

The Crisis of
Neoliberalism

Consistency, Choice,
and Rationality

Gérard Duménil and
Dominique Lévy

Walter Bossert and
Kotaro Suzumura

This book examines “the great contraction” of 2007–2010
within the context of the neoliberal globalization that began in
the early 1980s. This new phase of capitalism greatly enriched
the top 5 percent of Americans, including capitalists and financial managers, but at a significant cost to the country as a whole.
Declining domestic investment in manufacturing, unsustainable
household debt, rising dependence on imports and financing,
and the growth of a fragile and unwieldy global financial structure threaten the strength of the dollar. Unless these trends are
reversed, the authors predict, the U.S. economy will face sharp
decline.
Summarizing a large amount of troubling data, the authors
show that manufacturing has declined from 40 percent of GDP
to under 10 percent in thirty years. Since consumption drives
the American economy and since manufactured goods comprise
the largest share of consumer purchases, clearly we will not be
able to sustain the accumulating trade deficits.

In Consistency, Choice, and Rationality, economic theorists
Walter Bossert and Kotaro Suzumura present a thorough mathematical treatment of Suzumura consistency, an alternative to
established coherence properties such as transitivity, quasitransitivity, or acyclicity. Applications in individual and social
choice theory, fields important not only to economics but also to
philosophy and political science, are discussed. Specifically, the
authors explore topics such as rational choice and revealed preference theory, and collective decision making in an atemporal
framework as well as in an intergenerational setting.
WA LT E R B O S S E R T i s P ro fe s s o r o f Ec o n o m i c s at the
U n i ve r s i t y o f M o n t re a l. K O TA R O S U Z U M U R A is
P ro fe s s o r o f Ec o n o m i c s at Wa s e d a U n i ve r s i t y.
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 1 TABLE | 176 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05299-4 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) |
ECONOMICS

Rather than blame individuals, such as Greenspan or
Bernanke, the authors focus on larger forces. Repairing the
breach in our economy will require limits on free trade and the
free international movement of capital; policies aimed at improving education, research, and infrastructure; reindustrialization;
and the taxation of higher incomes.
G É R A R D D U M É N I L a n d D O M I N I Q U E L É V Y a re
D ire c to r s o f Re s e a rc h at t h e Ce n t re N at i o n a l d e l a
Rech e rc h e S c i e n t i f i q u e, Pa r i s, a n d c o a u th o r s o f
Capi ta l Re s u rg e n t ( H a r va rd ) .
JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 76 LINE ILLUS., 6 CHARTS, 21 TABLES | 400 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04988-8 | $49.95X (£36.95 UK) | ECONOMICS

76

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Constitutional
Theocracy

Constitutional
Identity

Ran Hirschl

Gary Jeffrey Jacobsohn

At the intersection of two sweeping global trends—the rise of
popular support for principles of theocratic governance and the
spread of constitutionalism and judicial review—a new legal
order has emerged: constitutional theocracy. It enshrines religion and its interlocutors as “a” or “the” source of legislation,
and at the same time adheres to core ideals and practices of modern constitutionalism. A unique hybrid of apparently conflicting
worldviews, values, and interests, constitutional theocracies
thus offer an ideal setting—a “living laboratory” as it were—for
studying constitutional law as a form of politics by other means.
In this book, Ran Hirschl undertakes a rigorous comparative
analysis of religion-and-state jurisprudence from dozens of countries worldwide to explore the evolving role of constitutional
law and courts in a non-secularist world.
Counterintuitively, Hirschl argues that the constitutional
enshrinement of religion is a rational, prudent strategy that
allows opponents of theocratic governance to talk the religious
talk without walking most of what they regard as theocracy’s
unappealing, costly walk. Many of the jurisdictional, enforcement, and cooptation advantages that gave religious legal
regimes an edge in the pre-modern era, are now aiding the modern state and its laws in its effort to contain religion. The “constitutional” in a constitutional theocracy thus fulfills the same
restricting function it carries out in a constitutional democracy:
it brings theocratic governance under check and assigns to constitutional law and courts the task of a bulwark against the threat
of radical religion.

In Constitutional Identity, Gary Jeffrey Jacobsohn argues that a
constitution acquires an identity through experience—from a
mix of the political aspirations and commitments that express a
nation’s past and the desire to transcend that past. It is changeable but resistant to its own destruction, and manifests itself in
various ways, as Jacobsohn shows in examples as far flung as
India, Ireland, Israel, and the United States.
Jacobsohn argues that the presence of disharmony—both
the tensions within a constitutional order and those that exist
between a constitutional document and the society it seeks to
regulate—is critical to understanding the theory and dynamics
of constitutional identity. He explores constitutional identity’s
great practical importance for some of constitutionalism’s most
vexing questions: Is an unconstitutional constitution possible? Is
the judicial practice of using foreign sources to resolve domestic legal disputes a threat to vital constitutional interests? How
are the competing demands of transformation and preservation
in constitutional evolution to be balanced?
G A RY J E F F R E Y J ACO B S O H N is H. Malcolm
M a c D o n a l d P ro fe s s o r o f Co n s t i t u t i o n a l a n d
Co m p a r at i ve L aw i n t h e D e p a r t m e n t o f G ove r n m e n t,
U n i ve r s i t y o f Tex a s at A u s t i n .
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 340 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04766-2 |
$45.00X (£33.95 UK) | POLITICS / LAW

R A N H I R S C H L i s P ro fe s s o r o f Po l i t i c a l S c i e n c e a n d

L aw, Universit y o f To ro n to, a n d C a n a d a Re s e a rc h C h a i r
in Constitution a l i s m a n d D e m o c r a c y.
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 290 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04819-5 |
$45.00X (£33.95 UK) | POLITICS / PHILOSOPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

77

Legality

Legally Poisoned

Scott J. Shapiro

How the Law Puts Us at Risk from Toxicants

What is law? This question has preoccupied philosophers from
Plato to Thomas Hobbes to H. L. A. Hart, yet many others find
it perplexing, even frivolous. Why do we need a general theory
of what law is? What does it have to do with legal practice? In
Legality, Scott Shapiro draws on current work in the theory of
action to offer an original and compelling answer to this perennial philosophical question. Breaking with a long tradition in
jurisprudence, Shapiro argues that legal systems are not defined
by rules but by plans. He shows how thinking about laws as
plans resolves many vexing puzzles about the nature of law and
demonstrates its profound implications for the practice of legal
interpretation.
By introducing us to the Planning Theory, Shapiro
not only develops a highly distinctive and promising answer to
the question of what law is, but also vindicates the value of the
question itself. Through careful argumentation and analysis of
current legal controversies, Shapiro shows that jurisprudence is
not formal and arid, as some have alleged, but vitally important.
In fact, many of the most pressing issues that confront lawyers
demand that these grand philosophical questions be resolved
first. Written in clear, jargon-free language, and presupposing no
legal or philosophical background, Legality offers a groundbreaking new theory of law as well as an excellent introduction
to, and defense of, classical jurisprudence.

Carl F. Cranor
Take a random walk through your life and you’ll find it is awash
in industrial, often toxic, chemicals. Sip water from a plastic bottle and ingest bisphenol A. Prepare dinner in a non-stick frying
pan or wear a layer of Gore-Tex only to be exposed to perfluorinated compounds. Hang curtains, clip your baby into a car seat,
watch television—all are manufactured with brominated flameretardants.
Cosmetic ingredients, industrial chemicals, pesticides,
and other compounds enter our bodies and remain briefly or
permanently. Far too many suspected toxic hazards are
unleashed every day that affect the development and function of
our brain, immune system, reproductive organs, or hormones.
But no public health law requires product testing of most chemical compounds before they enter the market. If products are
deemed dangerous, toxicants must be forcibly reduced or
removed—but only after harm has been done.
In this scientifically rigorous legal analysis, Carl Cranor
argues that just as pharmaceuticals and pesticides cannot be sold
without pre-market testing, other chemical products should be
subject to the same safety measures. Cranor shows, in terrifying
detail, what risks we run, and that it is entirely possible to design
a less dangerous commercial world.
C A R L F. C R A N O R i s D i s t i n g u i s h e d P ro fe s s o r of

S C O T T J . S H A P I R O i s P ro fe s s o r o f L aw at Ya l e L aw

P h i l o s o p hy at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f C a l i fo r n i a , R i ve rside.

S cho o l.
FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 256 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04970-3 |
$35.00X (£25.95 UK) | LAW / ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

.

BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 360 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05566-7 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) | LAW

78

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

dumbarton oaks research library and collection

San Marco,
Byzantium, and the
Myths of Venice

Early Byzantine
Pilgrimage Art
Revised Edition

Gary Vikan

Edited by Henry Maguire and
Robert S. Nelson
The church of San Marco
of Venice has long played
a central role in Venetian
political, ceremonial, and
religious life. Its renowned
assemblage of mosaics,
sculpture, metalwork, and
reliquaries are, in origin,
Roman, Byzantine, Venetian, or Venetian imitation
of Byzantine designs. In
San Marco, Byzantium,
and the Myths of Venice,
the authors assess the significance of the embellishment of the church and its immediate
surroundings, especially during the thirteenth and fourteenth
centuries, when most of the Byzantine material was acquired,
largely from Constantinople. The church and its decoration are
studied in relation to Venice’s interests abroad and on mainland
Italy. The authors address the diverse styles, sources, meanings,
and significance of this art, both individually and as an ensemble. Building upon developments in scholarship since Otto
Demus’s masterly studies of the church, the book offers new
insights into the inspiration, purposes, and mutability of San
Marco and the myths that inspired and motivated Venetians.

Early Byzantine Pilgrimage Art explores
the portable artifacts of eastern Mediterranean pilgrimage from the fifth to the
seventh century, presenting them in the
context of contemporary pilgrims’ texts
and the archaeology of sacred sites. The
book shows how the iconography and
devotional piety of Byzantine pilgrimage art changed, and it surveys the
material and social culture of pilgrimage. What did these early religious travelers take home with them and what
did they leave behind? Where were
these “sacred souvenirs” manufactured
and what was their purpose? How did the
images imprinted upon many of them help
realize that purpose? The first edition of
this pathbreaking book, published in
1982, established late antique pilgrimage
and its artifacts as an important topic of study.
In this revised, enlarged version, Gary Vikan
significantly expands the narrative by situating the
miraculous world of the early Byzantine pilgrim
within the context of late antique magic and pre-Christian healing shrines, and by considering the trajectory of pilgrimage after the Arab conquest of the seventh century.
G A R Y V I K A N i s t h e D i re c to r o f t h e Wa l te r s A r t

H E N R Y M A G U I R E i s a fo r m e r D i re c to r o f B y z a n t i n e

S tudies at D um b a r to n O a k s a n d P ro fe s s o r o f A r t
Histor y at John s Ho p ki n s U n i ve r s i t y. R O B E R T S .
N E L S O N is Pro fe s s o r o f t h e H i s to r y o f A r t at Ya l e.

Museum.
DUMBARTON OAKS BYZANTINE COLLECTION PUBLICATIONS 5 |
DECEMBER | 9 X 10 | 53 COLOR ILLUS., 6 HALFTONES, 1 MAP | 128 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-88402-358-6 | $29.95X (£22.95 UK) | ART / RELIGION

DUMBARTON OAKS BYZANTINE SYMPOSIA AND COLLOQUIA |
DECEMBER | 7 X 10 | 12 COLOR ILLUS., 131 HALFTONES | 328 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-88402-360-9 | $60.00X (£44.95 UK) | ARCHITECTURE

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

79

A Home of the
Humanities

American Art at
Dumbarton Oaks

The Collecting and Patronage of Mildred and
Robert Woods Bliss

James N. Carder

Edited by James N. Carder
Mildred and Robert Woods Bliss were
consummate collectors and patrons.
After purchasing Dumbarton Oaks in
1920, they significantly redesigned the
house and its interiors, built important
new structures, added over fifty acres of
planned gardens, hosted important musical evenings and intellectual discussions
in their Music Room, and acquired a
world-class art collection and library.
The illustrated essays in this volume reveal how the Blisses’ wide-ranging interests in art, music, gardens, architecture, and
interior design resulted in the creation of the Dumbarton Oaks
Research Library and Collection. Their collections of Byzantine
and Pre-Columbian art and rare garden books and drawings are
examined by Robert Nelson, Julie Jones, and Therese O’Malley,
respectively. James Carder provides the Blisses’ biography and
discusses their patronage of various architects, including Philip
Johnson, and the interior designer Armand Albert Rateau. The
Blisses’ collaboration with Beatrix Farrand on the creation of the
Dumbarton Oaks Gardens is recounted by Robin Karson, and
their commission of Igor Stravinsky’s Dumbarton Oaks Concerto
and its premiere by Nadia Boulanger is examined by Jeanice
Brooks. The volume demonstrates that every aspect of the
Blisses’ collecting and patronage had a place in the creation of
what they came to call their “home of the humanities.”
J A M E S N . C A R D E R i s A rc h i v i s t a n d Ho u s e
Colle c t i o n M a n a g e r at D u m b a r to n O a k s Re s e a rc h
Libra r y a n d Co l l e c t i o n .
DECEMBER | 9 X 11 | 47 COLOR ILLUS., 101 HALFTONES | 224 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-88402-365-4 | $65.00X (£48.95 UK) | BIOGRAPHY / ART

80

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

Mildred and Robert Woods
Bliss, the founders of Dumbarton Oaks, were not, per se,
collectors of American art.
Nevertheless, they acquired
interesting and, at times,
important examples of American paintings, drawings, etchings, and sculptures. Such
acquisitions were but a part of
an overall collection which
comprised ancient Chinese,
Greek, Roman, Byzantine,
Pre-Columbian, and European
old master artworks as well as
rare books, literary manuscripts and correspondence, important
furnishings, unusual bibelots, and concert-quality instruments.
The American artworks that remain at Dumbarton Oaks offer
an important insight into the Blisses’ remarkable breadth of
vision for their collection.
This volume catalogues the American art collection at
Dumbarton Oaks and is published in conjunction with an exhibition, “American Art at Dumbarton Oaks.” An introductory
essay describes the formation of this collection by Mildred and
Robert Woods Bliss and their parents Anna and William H. Bliss,
while the subsequent catalogue entries elaborate on nineteen
artworks by James Abbott McNeill Whistler, Elihu Vedder,
Walter Gay, Childe Hassam, Albert Edward Sterner, Henry
Golden Dearth, and Bernice Cross. Richly illustrated with color
plates and comparative illustrations, this catalogue will be an
important and enduring reference for scholars, students, and
admirers of American art.
DUMBARTON OAKS COLLECTION SERIES | JANUARY | 8 X 9 1⁄2 |
24 COLOR PHOTOS | 128 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-88402-366-1 | $20.95X (£15.95 UK) | ART

p re s s

(

d u m b a r to n

o a k s

The Place of
Stone Monuments
Context, Use, and Meaning in Mesoamerica’s
Preclassic Transition

Edited by Julia Guernsey, John E.
Clark, and Barbara Arroyo
This volume considers the significance of stone monuments in
Preclassic Mesoamerica, focusing on the period following the
precocious appearance of monumental sculpture at the Olmec
site of San Lorenzo and preceding the rise of the Classic polities
in the Maya region and Central Mexico. By quite literally “placing” sculptures in their cultural, historical, social, political, religious, and cognitive contexts, the seventeen contributors utilize
archaeological and art historical methods to understand the origins, growth, and spread of civilization in Middle America. They
present abundant new data and new ways of thinking about

sculpture and society in Preclassic Mesoamerica, and
call into question the traditional dividing line
between Preclassic and Classic cultures. They offer
not only a fruitful way of rethinking the beginnings
of civilization in Mesoamerica, but provide a series
of detailed discussions concerning how these beginnings were dynamically visualized through sculptural programming during the Preclassic period.
J U L I A G U E R N S E Y i s A s s o c i ate P ro fe s s o r o f A r t a n d

A r t H i s to r y at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f Tex a s, A u s t i n .
J O H N E . C L A R K i s P ro fe s s o r o f A n t h ro p o l o g y a n d

D i re c to r o f t h e New Wo r l d A rc h a e o l o g i c a l Fo u n d at i o n
at B r i g h a m Yo u n g U n i ve r s i t y. B A R B A R A A R R O YO i s
Re s e a rc h A s s o c i ate at t h e M u s e o Po p o l Vu h i n
G u ate m a l a C i t y.
PRE-COLUMBIAN SYMPOSIA AND COLLOQUIA |
NOVEMBER | 8 1⁄2 X 11 | 94 HALFTONES,
88 BLACK & WHITE ILLUS., 31 MAPS, 5 TABLES | 368 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-88402-364-7 | $59.95X (£44.95 UK) | ARCHAEOLOGY

harvard forest

Wildlands and
Woodlands
A Vision for the New England Landscape

David R. Foster and colleagues
The New England landscape, one of the most heavily forested
regions in the U.S., currently stands at a unique and urgent juncture for conservation. Over the past twenty years, development
has perforated forests and farms in every New England state,
endangering the contiguous landscapes that are the center of
our local resource base, cultural heritage, and regional resilience
to dramatic environmental change. This volume presents an ecologically salient call to action, grounded in the scholarship of
more than a dozen of the region’s leading experts in ecology,
forestry, and agriculture. The Wildlands and Woodlands vision
seeks to preserve and enhance the many ecological, socioeco-

nomic, and cultural benefits of
forested landscapes for everyone in
the region, from our most densely
settled cities to our most heavily
wooded lands. Drawing on the
region’s rich history of land conservation and appealing directly to
its citizens, this new vision builds
a strong case for a collaborative
endeavor to conserve 70 percent
of the New England landscape in
forest in perpetuity.
D AV I D R . F O S T E R i s D i re c to r o f t h e H a r va rd Fo re s t
i n Pe te r s h a m , M a s s a c h u s e t t s, a n d te a c h e s e c o l o g y at
H a r va rd U n i ve r s i t y.
OCTOBER | 9 X 12 | 30 COLOR ILLUS. | 36 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-1-4507-0603-2 | $5.00X (£3.95 UK) |
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

81

harvard graduate school of design

New Geographies, 3

New Geographies, 4

Urbanisms of Color

Scales of the Earth

Edited by Gareth Doherty

Edited by El Hadi Jazairy

Color is a ubiquitous yet essential part of the city, creating and
shaping urban form. Who can forget the whites of modernist
Brasilia? The greens of historic Cairo? The rosy reds of Petra?
The terracottas of South America’s shantytowns? The color
cacophonies of Times Square and Shinjuku? Colors have a presence over and beyond the objects—buildings, spaces, billboards,
artifacts, and people—that make up the city. Not only does color
give meaning to cities, cities give meaning to color. Whether
carefully coordinated, clashing, or an expression of materials,
color is a powerful cultural, economic, and political force in
cities. Yet discussions on the city do not usually focus much on
color, perhaps because urban colors are too often understood as
being beyond any one authority or taste, or are simply dismissed
as cosmetic, naïve, or intangible. Volume 3 of New Geographies
brings together artists and designers, anthropologists, geographers, historians, and philosophers with the aim of challenging
the status quo and exploring the potency, the interaction, and
the neglected design possibilities of color at the scale of the city.
G A R E T H D O H E R T Y i s a d o c to r a l c a n d i d ate at t h e
Har va rd G r a d u ate S c h o o l o f D e s i g n .
NEW GEOGRAPHIES |
SEPTEMBER | 8 X 10 | 70 COLOR ILLUS., 24 HALFTONES | 168 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-1-934510-26-1 | $20.00X (£14.95 UK) | DESIGN

The first Apollo images of the Earth produced a perspective
enabling humanity to act on Earth and its nature as if it controlled it from “outside.” The recent developments of satellite
technologies have had a significant impact on the modes of representation as well as the conceptions of geography and space.
This new “geography from above”—the home, the city, entire
territories, the Earth itself, the Moon, Mars, and beyond—redefine our environment, subjectivities, and practices. With such
tools at hand, architects conceive of the geographic as a possible
scale, site of intervention, and design approach.
The scale of vision, viewpoint, and qualification of space
made possible by satellite imagery reframes contemporary
debates on design, agency, and territory. Volume 4 of New Geographies features articles and projects that critically address the
relationship of space with such modes of representation. What
are the characteristics of such an integrated elevated vision, and
what geographical knowledge does it bring forth? How is such
an analytical space to be subsequently interpreted and experienced? What are the cultural, political, and environmental repercussions of a vision celebrated as objective and universalist?
What new global issues and debates do such scales of vision
raise, and how do such visualizations of the Earth-as-home intersect with concerns of ecology and calls for global awareness?
E L H A D I J A Z A I R Y i s a d o c to r a l c a n d i d ate at the
H a r va rd G r a d u ate S c h o o l o f D e s i g n .
NEW GEOGRAPHIES |
DECEMBER | 8 X 10 | 80 COLOR ILLUS., 22 HALFTONES | 160 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-1-934510-27-8 | $20.00X (£14.95 UK) | DESIGN

82

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

(

gra d u ate

s c h o o l

o f

d e s i gn

harvard university asia center

Ancestral Memory in
Early China

The Dynamics of
Masters Literature

K. E. Brashier

Early Chinese Thought from Confucius to Han Feizi

Ancestral ritual in early China
was an orchestrated dance
between what was present
(the offerings and the living)
and what was absent (the
ancestors). The interconnections among the tangible elements of the sacrifice were
overt and almost mechanical,
but extending those connections to the invisible guests
required a medium that was
itself invisible. Thus in early
China, ancestral sacrifice was associated with focused thinking
about the ancestors, with a structured mental effort by the
living to reach out to the absent forebears and to give them
shape and existence. Thinking about the ancestors—about those
who had become distant—required active deliberation and meditation, qualities that had to be nurtured and learned.
This study is a history of the early Chinese ancestral cult,
particularly its cognitive aspects. Its goals are to excavate the
cult’s color and vitality and to quell assumptions that it was no
more than a simplistic and uninspired exchange of food for
longevity, of prayers for prosperity. Ancestor worship was
not, the author contends, merely mechanical and thoughtless.
Rather, it was an idea system that aroused serious debates about
the nature of postmortem existence, served as the religious backbone to Confucianism, and may even have been the forerunner
of Daoist and Buddhist meditation practices.
K . E . B R A S H I E R i s P ro fe s s o r o f Re l i g i o n at Re e d

Wiebke Denecke
The importance of the rich corpus of “Masters Literature” that developed in China from the sixth
through the third centuries BCE has long been recognized. But just what are these texts? Scholars
have overwhelmingly approached them as philosophy, but these writings have also been studied as literature, history, and anthropological, religious, and
paleographic records. How should we translate
these texts for our times?
This book explores these questions through
close readings of seven examples of Masters Literature and asks what proponents of a “Chinese philosophy” gained
by creating a Chinese equivalent of philosophy and what we
might gain by approaching these texts through other disciplines,
questions, and concerns. What happens when we remove the
accrued disciplinary and conceptual baggage from the Masters
Texts? What neglected problems, concepts, and strategies come
to light? And can those concepts and strategies help us see the
history of philosophy in a different light and engender new
approaches to philosophical and intellectual inquiry? By historicizing the notion of Chinese philosophy, we can, the author contends, answer not only the question of whether there is a
Chinese philosophy but also the more interesting question of
the future of philosophical thought around the world.
W I E B K E D E N E C K E i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f A s i a n

C u l t u re s at B a r n a rd Co l l e g e.
HARVARD-YENCHING INSTITUTE MONOGRAPH SERIES 74 | MARCH |
6 X 9 | 325 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05609-1 |
$49.95X (£36.95 UK) | LITERATURE / ASIAN STUDIES

College.
HARVARD-YENCHING INSTITUTE MONOGRAPH SERIES 72 | JANUARY |
6 X 9 | 6 HALFTONES, 2 LINE ILLUS. | 350 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05607-7 | $49.95X (£36.95 UK) |
HISTORY / ASIAN STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

83

The Poetics of
Sovereignty

Manifest in Words,
Written on Paper

On Emperor Taizong of the Tang Dynasty

Producing and Circulating Poetry in Tang Dynasty China

Jack W. Chen

Christopher M. B. Nugent

Emperor Taizong (r. 626–49) of the Tang is
remembered as an exemplary ruler. This study
addresses that aura of virtuous sovereignty and
Taizong’s construction of a reputation for moral
rulership through his own literary writings—
with particular attention to his poetry. The author highlights the
relationship between historiography and the literary and rhetorical strategies of sovereignty, contending that, for Taizong, and
for the concept of sovereignty in general, politics is inextricable
from cultural production.
The work focuses on Taizong’s literary writings that speak
directly to the relationship between cultural form and sovereign
power, as well as on the question of how the Tang negotiated
dynastic identity through literary stylistics. The author maintains
that Taizong’s writings may have been self-serving at times, representing strategic attempts to control his self-image in the eyes
of his court and empire, but that they also become the ideal
image to which his self was normatively bound. This is the
paradox at the heart of imperial authorship: Taizong
was simultaneously the author of his representation
and was authored by his representation; he was
both subject and object of his writings.
J A C K W. C H E N i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f
C h i n e s e Po e t r y a n d Th o u g h t at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f
C a l i fo r n i a , Lo s A n g e l e s.
HARVARD-YENCHING INSTITUTE MONOGRAPH SERIES 71 |
JANUARY | 6 X 9 | 420 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05608-4 | $55.00X (£40.95 UK) |
HISTORY / ASIAN STUDIES

This study aims to engage the textual realities of medieval literature
by shedding light on the material
lives of poems during the Tang,
from their initial oral or written
instantiation through their often
lengthy and twisted paths of circulation. Tang poems exist today
in stable written forms assumed
to reflect their creators’ original
intent. Yet Tang poetic culture
was based on hand-copied manuscripts and oral performance. We have almost no access to this
poetry as it was experienced by contemporaries. This is no
trivial matter, the author argues. If we do not understand how
Tang people composed, experienced, and transmitted this
poetry, we miss something fundamental about the roles of memory and copying in the circulation of poetry as well as readers’
dynamic participation in the creation of texts.
We learn something different about poems when we examine them, not as literary works transcending any particular physical form, but as objects with distinct physical attributes, visual
and sonic. The attitudes of the Tang audience toward the stability of texts matters as well. Understanding Tang poetry
requires acknowledging that Tang literary culture accepted the
conscious revision of these works by authors, readers, and
transmitters.
C H R I S TO P H E R M . B. N U G E N T is Assistant

P ro fe s s o r o f C h i n e s e at Wi l l i a m s Co l l e g e.
HARVARD-YENCHING INSTITUTE MONOGRAPH SERIES 70 | OCTOBER |
6 X 9 | 1 HALFTONE | 300 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05603-9 |
$45.00X (£33.95 UK) | LITERATURE / ASIAN STUDIES

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

84

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

(

a s i a

ce nte r

‘Dividing the Realm
in Order to Govern’

Songs of
Contentment and
Transgression

The Spatial Organization of the Song State (960–1276 C E )

Ruth Mostern
States are inherently and fundamentally geographical. Sovereignty is based on control of territory. This book uses Song China
to explain how a pre-industrial regime organized itself spatially
in order to exercise authority. On more than a thousand occasions, the Song court founded, abolished, promoted, demoted,
and reordered jurisdictions in an attempt to maximize the effectiveness of limited resources in a climate of shifting priorities, to
placate competing constituencies, and to address military and
economic crises. Spatial transformations in the Song field administration changed the geography of commerce, taxation, revenue
accumulation, warfare, foreign relations, and social organization, and even determined the terms
of debates about imperial power.
The chronology of tenth-century
imperial consolidation, eleventh-century political reform, and twelfth-century localism traced in this book is a
familiar one. But by detailing the relationship between the court and local
administration, this book complicates
the received paradigm of Song centralization and decentralization. Song
frontier policies formed a coherent
imperial approach to administering peripheral regions with inaccessible resources and limited infrastructure. And the wellknown events of the Song—wars and reforms—were often
responses to long-term spatial and demographic change.

Discharged Officials and Literati
Communities in Sixteenth-Century North
China

Tian Yuan Tan
A discharged official in mid-Ming China faced significant changes in his life. This book explores
three such officials in the sixteenth century—
Wang Jiusi, Kang Hai, and Li Kaixian—who
turned to literary endeavors when forced to retire.
Instead of the formal writing expected of scholarofficials, however, they chose to engage in the stigmatized genre of qu (songs), a collective term for drama and
sanqu. As their efforts reveal, a disappointing end to an official career and a physical move away from the center led to
their embrace of qu and the pursuit of a marginalized literary genre.
This book also attempts to sketch the largely unknown
literary landscape of mid-Ming north China. After their
retirements, these three writers became cultural leaders in
their native regions. Wang, Kang, and Li are studied here
not as solitary writers but as central figures in the “qu communities” that formed around them. Using such communities as the basic unit in the study of qu allows us to see how
sanqu and drama were produced, transmitted, and “used”
among these writers, things less evident when we focus on the
individual.
T I A N Y U A N TA N i s Le c t u re r i n Tr a d i t i o n a l C h i n e s e
L i te r at u re a n d C u l t u re at t h e S c h o o l o f O r i e n t a l a n d
Af r i c a n S t u d i e s, U n i ve r s i t y o f Lo n d o n .

R U T H M O S T E R N i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f H i s to r y at
the Universit y o f C a l i fo r n i a , M e rc e d.
HARVARD-YENCHING INSTITUTE MONOGRAPH SERIES 73 | MARCH |
6 X 9 | 8 HALFTONES, 9 LINE ILLUS., 37 MAPS | 420 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05602-2 | $55.00X (£40.95 UK) |
HISTORY / ASIAN STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

HARVARD-YENCHING INSTITUTE MONOGRAPH SERIES 75 | NOVEMBER |
6 X 9 | 325 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05604-6 |
$45.00X (£33.95 UK) | HISTORY / ASIAN STUDIES

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

(

a s i a

ce nter

85

Seeing Stars

Sailor Diplomat

Sports Celebrity, Identity, and Body Culture in
Modern Japan

Nomura Kichisaburō and the Japanese-American War

Peter Mauch

Dennis J. Frost
In Seeing Stars, Dennis J. Frost traces the emergence and evolution of sports celebrity in Japan
from the seventeenth through the twenty-first
centuries. Frost explores how various constituencies have repeatedly molded and deployed
representations of individual athletes, revealing
that sports stars are socially constructed phenomena, the products of both particular historical
moments and broader discourses of celebrity.
Drawing from media coverage, biographies,
literary works, athletes’ memoirs, bureaucratic
memoranda, interviews, and films, Frost argues
that the largely unquestioned mass of information about sports stars not only reflects, but also shapes society
and body culture. He examines the lives and times of star athletes—including sumo grand champion Hitachiyama, female
Olympic medalist Hitomi Kinue, legendary pitcher Sawamura
Eiji, and world champion boxer Gushiken Yoko —demonstrating how representations of such sports stars mediated Japan’s
emergence into the putatively universal realm of sports, unsettled orthodox notions of gender, facilitated wartime mobilization of physically fit men and women, and masked lingering
inequalities in postwar Japanese society.
As the first critical examination of the history of sports
celebrity outside a Euro-American context, this book also sheds
new light on the transnational forces at play in the production
and impact of celebrity images and dispels misconceptions that
sports stars in the non-West are mere imitations of their Western
counterparts.
D E N N I S J . F R O S T i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f H i s to r y

at X av i e r U n i ve r s i t y.
HARVARD EAST ASIAN MONOGRAPHS 331 | OCTOBER | 6 X 9 |
37 HALFTONES | 350 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05610-7 |
$49.95X (£36.95 UK) HISTORY / SPORTS

86

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

As Japan’s pre–Pearl Harbor
ambassador to the United States,
Admiral Nomura Kichisaburo
(1877–1964) played a significant role in a tense and turbulent period in Japanese-U.S.
relations. Scholars tend to view
his actions and missteps as
ambassador as representing the
failure of diplomacy to avert the
outbreak of hostilities between
the two paramount Pacific powers.
This extensively researched biography casts new light on
the life and career of this important figure. Connecting his experiences as a naval officer to his service as foreign minister and
ambassador, and later as “father” of Japan’s Maritime Self
Defense Forces and proponent of the U.S.-Japanese alliance, this
study reassesses Nomura’s contributions as a hard-nosed realist
whose grasp of the underlying realities of Japanese-U.S. relations
went largely unappreciated by the Japanese political and military establishment.
In highlighting the complexities and conundrums of
Nomura’s position, as well as the role of the Imperial Navy in the
formulation of Japan’s foreign policy, Peter Mauch draws upon
rarely accessed materials from naval and diplomatic archives in
Japan as well as various collections of personal papers, including
Nomura’s, which Mauch discovered in 2005 and which are
now housed in the National Diet Library.
P E T E R M A U C H i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f
I n te r n at i o n a l H i s to r y at R i t s u m e i k a n U n i ve r s i t y.
HARVARD EAST ASIAN MONOGRAPHS 333 | DECEMBER | 6 X 9 |
24 HALFTONES | 400 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05599-5 |
$45.00X (£33.95 UK) | BIOGRAPHY / ASIAN STUDIES

p re s s

(

a s i a

ce nte r

A Place in Public

Technology of Empire

Women’s Rights in Meiji Japan

Telecommunications and Japanese
Expansion in Asia, 1883–1945

Marnie S. Anderson

Daqing Yang
This book addresses how gender became a defining category in
the political and social modernization of Japan. During the early
decades of the Meiji period (1868–1912), the Japanese encountered an idea with great currency in the West: that the social
position of women reflected a country’s level of civilization.
Although elites initiated dialogue out of concern for their country’s reputation internationally, the conversation soon moved to
a new public sphere where individuals engaged in a wide-ranging debate about women’s roles and rights.
By examining these debates throughout the 1870s and
1880s, Marnie S. Anderson argues that shifts in the gender system led to contradictory consequences for women. On the one
hand, as gender displaced status as the primary system of
social and legal classification,
women gained access to the
language of rights and the
chance to represent themselves in public and play a limited political role; on the
other, the modern Japanese
state permitted women’s political participation only as an
expression of their “citizenship through the household”
and codified their formal
exclusion from the political
process through a series of laws enacted in 1890. This book
shows how “a woman’s place” in late-nineteenth-century Japan
was characterized by contradictions and unexpected consequences, by new opportunities and new constraints.
M A R N I E S . A N D E R S O N i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f

Histor y at S mi t h Co l l e g e.

Nearly half a century ago, the economic historian Harold Innis pointed out that the geographical limits of empires were determined by
communications and that, historically, advances
in the technologies of transport and communications have enabled empires to grow. This
power of communications was demonstrated
when Japanese Emperor Hirohito’s radio speech
announcing Japan’s surrender and the dissolution of its empire was broadcast simultaneously throughout not
only the Japanese home islands but also all the territories under
its control over the telecommunications system that had, in
part, made that empire possible.
In the extension of the Japanese empire in the 1930s and
1940s, technology, geo-strategy, and institutions were closely
intertwined in empire building. The central argument of this
study of the development of a communications network linking the far-flung parts of the Japanese imperium is that modern
telecommunications not only served to connect these territories but, more important, made it possible for the Japanese to
envision an integrated empire in Asia. Even as the imperial
communications network served to foster integration and
strengthened Japanese leadership and control, its creation and
operation exacerbated long-standing tensions and created new
conflicts within the government, the military, and society in
general.
D A Q I N G YA N G is Associate Professor of History and

International Affairs at George Washington University.
HARVARD EAST ASIAN MONOGRAPHS 219 | SEPTEMBER | 6 X 9 |
8 HALFTONES, 10 LINE ILLUS., 5 MAPS | 575 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-01091-8 | $59.95X (£44.95 UK) |
ASIAN STUDIES / HISTORY

HARVARD EAST ASIAN MONOGRAPHS 332 | NOVEMBER |
6 X 9 | 300 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05605-3 | $45.00X (£33.95 UK) |
HISTORY / ASIAN STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

(

a s i a

ce nter

87

When Empire
Comes Home
Repatriation and Reintegration in Postwar Japan

Lori Watt
Following the end of World War II in Asia, the
Allied powers repatriated over six million Japanese
nationals from colonies and battlefields throughout
Asia and deported more than a million colonial subjects from Japan to their countries of origin.
Depicted at the time as a postwar measure related to the
demobilization of defeated Japanese soldiers, this population
transfer was a central element in the human dismantling of the
Japanese empire that resonates with other post-colonial and postimperial migrations in the twentieth century.

Lori Watt analyzes how the human remnants of empire,
those who were moved and those who were left behind, served
as sites of negotiation in the process of the jettisoning of the colonial project and in the creation of new national identities in
Japan. Through an exploration of the creation and uses of the
figure of the repatriate, in political, social, and cultural realms,
this study addresses the question of what happens when empire
comes home.
L O R I WAT T i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f H i s to r y at

Wa s h i n g to n U n i ve r s i t y i n S t. Lo u i s.
HARVARD EAST ASIAN MONOGRAPHS 317 |
CLOTH: AUGUST 2009 | 978-0-674-03342-9 |
OCTOBER | 6 X 9 | 1 HALFTONE, 3 MAPS, 4 TABLES | 275 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05598-8 | $24.95X (£18.95 UK) |
ASIAN STUDIES

peabody museum press

RES
Anthropology and Aesthetics, 57/58
Spring/Autumn 2010

Edited by Francesco Pellizzi
This double volume of the renowned international journal of anthropology and comparative
aesthetics includes “Aesthetics’ non-recyclable
ground” by Félix Duque; “Seeing through dead
eyes” by Jonathan Hay; “The hidden aesthetic
of red in the painted tombs of Oaxaca” by Diana Magaloni; “A
consideration of the quatrefoil motif in Preclassic Mesoamerica”
by Julia Guernsey; “Hunters, Sufis, soldiers, and minstrels” by
Cynthia Becker; “Figures fidjiennes” by Marc Rochette; “A
sacred landscape” by Rachel Kousser; “Military architecture as a
political tool in the Renaissance” by Francesco Benelli; “The icon

88

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

as performer and as performative utterance” by Marie GasperHulvat; “Image and site” by Jas’ Elsner; “Untimely objects” by
Ara H. Merjian; “Max Ernst in Arizona” by Samantha Kavky;
“Form as revolt” by Sebastian Zeidler; “Embodiments and art
beliefs” by Filippo Fimiani; “The theft of the goddess Amba Mata”
by Deborah Stein; and contributions to “Lectures, Documents
and Discussions” by Gottfried Semper, Spyros Papapetros, Erwin
Panofsky, Megan R. Luke, Francesco Paolo Adorno, and Remo
Guidieri.
F R A N C E S C O P E L L I Z Z I i s A s s o c i ate o f M i d d l e

A m e r i c a n E t h n o l o g y at t h e Pe a b o d y M u s e u m o f
A rc h a e o l o g y a n d E t h n o l o g y, H a r va rd U n i ve r s i t y.
PEABODY MUSEUM | JANUARY | 8 3⁄8 X 10 3⁄4 | 200 HALFTONES |
360 PP. | PAPER: ISBN 978-0-87365-861-4 | $50.00X (£37.95 UK) |
ANTHROPOLOGY / ART
G iorgio de Chirico, “M etaphysic al Comp osition with Toys,” cour tesy the
M enil Collec tion, Houston.

p re s s

The Moche of
Ancient Peru

The Copan
Sculpture
Museum

Media and Messages

Jeffrey Quilter

Ancient Maya Artistry in Stucco and Stone

Barbara W. Fash

Peru’s ancient Moche culture is
represented in a magnificent collection of artifacts at Harvard’s
Peabody Museum. In this richly
illustrated volume, Jeffrey Quilter
presents a fascinating introduction
to this intriguing culture and
explores current thinking about
Moche politics, history, society,
and religion.
Quilter utilizes the Peabody’s collection as a means to
investigate how the Moche used various media, particularly
ceramics, to convey messages about their lives and beliefs. His
presentation provides a critical examination and rethinking of
many of the commonly held interpretations of Moche artifacts
and their imagery, raising important issues of art production and
its role in ancient and modern societies.
The most up-to-date monograph available on the Moche—
and the first extensive discussion of the Peabody Museum’s collection of Moche ceramics—this volume provides an
introduction for the general reader and contributes to ongoing
scholarly discussions. Quilter’s fresh reading of Moche visual
imagery raises new questions about
the art and culture of ancient Peru.

The Copan Sculpture Museum in western
Honduras features the extraordinary stone
carvings of the ancient Maya city known
as Copan. The city’s sculptors produced some of the finest
and most animated buildings and temples in the Maya
area, in addition to stunning monolithic statues and altars.
The ruins of Copan were named a UNESCO World Heritage site in 1980, and more than 150,000 tourists visit the
ancient city each year.
Opened in 1996, the Copan Sculpture Museum was initiated as an international collaboration to preserve Copan’s
original stone monuments. Its exhibits represent the bestknown examples of building façades and sculptural achievements from the ancient kingdom of Copan.
In this book, Barbara Fash—one of the principal creators of the museum—tells the inside story of conceiving,
designing, and building a local museum with global significance. Along with numerous illustrations and
detailed archaeological context for each exhibit in
the museum, the book provides a comprehensive
introduction to the history and culture of the
ancient Maya and a model for working with local
communities to preserve cultural heritage.

J E F F R E Y Q U I LT E R i s D e p u t y

D i re c to r o f t h e Pe a b o d y M u s e u m
o f A rc h a e o l o g y a n d E t h n o l o g y,
H a r va rd U n i ve r s i t y.
PEABODY MUSEUM COLLECTIONS SERIES
JANUARY | 8 X 8 1⁄2 |
70 COLOR ILLUS.,
15 HALFTONES | 128 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-87365-406-7 |
$21.95X (£16.95 UK) | ARCHAEOLOGY /
LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

B A R B A R A W. FA S H i s D i re c to r o f t h e Co r p u s

o f M aya H i e ro g l y p h i c I n s c r i p t i o n s, Pe a b o d y
M u s e u m o f A rc h a e o l o g y a n d E t h n o l o g y, H a r va rd
U n i ve r s i t y.
PEABODY MUSEUM AND DAVID ROCKEFELLER CENTER FOR LATIN
AMERICAN STUDIES | DECEMBER | 7 X 9 |
200 COLOR AND BLACK & WHITE ILLUS. | 216 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-87365-858-4 | $35.00X / OLACAR (£25.95 UK) |
ARCHAEOLOGY / LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

89

center for hellenic studies

Kleos in a Minor Key

The Master of Signs

The Homeric Education of a Little Prince

Signs and the Interpretation of Signs in
Herodotus’ Histories

J. C. B. Petropoulos

Alexander Hollmann
As scholars have remarked, the word kleos in the Iliad
and the Odyssey alike refers to something more substantive and complex than “fame” or “glory.” Kleos distinctly supposes an oral narrative—principally an “oral
history,” a “life story” or ultimately an “oral tradition.”
When broken down into its twin constituents, “words”
and “actions” or “deeds,” a hero’s kleos serves to define
him as a fully gendered social being. This book is a meditation on this concept as expressed and experienced in
the adult society Telemachos
find himself in. Kleos is the
yardstick by which his psychological change was appreciated
by Homer’s audiences. As this
book shows through philological and interdisciplinary analysis, Prince Telemachos grows up
in the course of the Telemachy and
arguably even beyond (in book 24): his
education, which is conceived largely as
an apprenticeship on land and sea,
admits him gradually if unevenly to a
full-fledged adult kleos—a kleos that
nonetheless necessarily remains minor in
comparison to that of his father and
other elders.

Readers of Herodotus’s Histories
are familiar with its reports of
bizarre portents, riddling oracles, and striking dreams. But
Herodotus draws our attention
to other types of signs too,
beginning with human speech
itself as a coded system that can
manipulate and be manipulated.
Objects, gifts, artifacts, markings, even the human body, are
all capable of being invested
with meaning in the Histories
and Herodotus shows that conventionally and culturally determined actions, gestures, and
ritual all need decoding. This book represents an unprecedented
examination of signs and their interpreters, as well as the terminology Herodotus uses to describe sign transmission, reception, and decoding. Through his control and involvement in this
process he emerges as a veritable “master of signs.”
A L E X A N D E R H O L L M A N N i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s sor of
t h e C l a s s i c s at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f Wa s h i n g to n .
HELLENIC STUDIES 48 | MARCH | 6 X 9 | 320 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05588-9 | $27.50X (£20.95 UK) | CLASSICS

J . C . B . P E T R O P O U L O S i s P ro fe s s o r o f A n c i e n t
Gree k L i te r at u re, D e p a r t m e n t o f G re e k P h i l o l o g y,
Dem o c r i te a n U n i ve r s i t y o f Th r a c e, a n d S e n i o r Fe l l ow
and C h a i r m a n o f t h e B o a rd o f t h e Ce n te r fo r He l l e n i c
S tud i e s i n G re e c e.
HELLENIC STUDIES 45 | MARCH | 6 X 9 |
1 HALFTONE, 1 LINE ILLUS. | 230 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05592-6 | $24.95X (£18.95 UK) | CLASSICS

90

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

The Epic Rhapsode
and His Craft

Plato’s Counterfeit
Sophists

Homeric Performance in a Diachronic Perspective

Håkan Tell

Jose Gonzalez
The Epic Rhapsode and His Craft studies Homeric performance
from archaic to Roman imperial times. It argues that oracular
utterance, dramatic acting, and rhetorical delivery powerfully
elucidate the practice of epic rhapsodes. Attention to the ways
in which these performance domains informed each other over
time reveals a shifting dynamic of competition and emulation
among rhapsodes, actors, and orators that shaped their texts and
their crafts. A diachronic analysis of this web of influences illuminates fundamental
aspects of Homeric
poetry: its inspiration
and composition, the
notional fixity of its
poetic tradition, and
the performance-driven textual fixation
and writing of the
Homeric poems. It also
shows that rhapsodic
practice is best understood as an evolving
combination of revelation, interpretation,
recitation, and dramatic delivery.

This book explores the place of
the sophists within the Greek wisdom tradition, and argues against
their almost universal exclusion
from serious intellectual traditions. By studying the sophists
against the backdrop of the
archaic Greek institutions of wisdom, it is possible to detect considerable intellectual overlap
between them and their predecessors. This book explores the
continuity of this tradition, suggesting that the sophists’ intellectual balkanization in modern
scholarship, particularly their low
standing in comparison to the
Presocratics, Platonists, and Aristotelians, is a direct result of Plato’s condemnation of them and
their practices. This book thus seeks to offer a revised history of
the development of Greek philosophy, as well as of the potential—yet never realized—courses it might have followed.
H Å K A N T E L L i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f C l a s s i c s at

D a r t m o u t h Co l l e g e.
HELLENIC STUDIES 44 | MARCH | 6 X 9 | 285 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05591-9 | $24.95X (£18.95 UK) | CLASSICS

J O S E G O N Z A L E Z i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f C l a s s i c a l
S tudies at D uke U n i ve r s i t y.
HELLENIC STUDIES 47 | MARCH | 6 X 9 | 350 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05589-6 | $27.50X (£20.95 UK) | CLASSICS

w w w.hup.har va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

(

ce nte r

fo r

h e l l e n i c

s t u d ies

91

center for the study of world religions

Ecologies of
Human
Flourishing
Edited by Donald K. Swearer
Prominent Buddhist scholar Donald Swearer
posits that the future requires a radical shift
toward living in recognition of the interdependence of all life forms and the consequent ethic of
communality and a lifestyle of moderation or “enoughness” that
flows from that recognition, which he calls “an ecology of
human flourishing.” In this volume, Swearer has assembled
world-class thinkers to explore and imagine several dimensions
of an ecology of human flourishing: economic, sociological, religious, ethical, environmental, historical, and literary. The essays
address how notions of human flourishing, quality of life, and
common good have been constructed and, in the contemporary

world, how they are illuminated or are challenged by issues of
distributive justice, poverty and economic inequality, global
health, and environmental sustainability. With contributors ranging from ecoactivist Bill McKibben and medical anthropologist
Arthur Kleinman to transformative theologian Sallie McFague
and Malaysian critic of global injustice Chandra Muzzafar, the
book provides ethical and religious aspirations to remake the
world in the midst of the contradictions, injustices, and problems of our daily lives and today’s global crises.
D O N A L D K . S W E A R E R i s D i s t i n g u i s h e d Vi s i t ing

P ro fe s s o r o f B u d d h i s t S t u d i e s a n d D i re c to r o f t h e
Ce n te r fo r t h e S t u d y o f Wo r l d Re l i g i o n s at H a r vard
D i v i n i t y S c h o o l.
RELIGIONS OF THE WORLD AND ECOLOGY |
DECEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄2 | 2 HALFTONES | 200 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-945454-45-8 | $23.95X (£17.95 UK) | RELIGION

T H E H A R V A R D E A R LY M O D E R N
MODERN GREEK LIBRARY

harvard classics department

AND

i s a p i o n e e r i n g f a c i n g - p a g e t ra n s l at i o n
s e r i e s o f fe r i n g re a d a b l e m o d e r n E n g l i s h
t ra n s l at i o n s o f e s s e nt i a l G re e k l i te rat u re

Poems

to b o t h s c h o l a r s a n d g e n e ra l re a d e r s b a s e d
o n c u r re nt re s e a rc h by l e a d i n g s c h o l a r s

The Canon

i n t h e f i e l d.

Constantine Cavafy
Translated by John Chioles
C. P. Cavafy (Konstantinos Petrou Kavafis) is one
of the most important Greek poets since antiquity.
He was born, lived, and died in Alexandria
(1863–1933), with brief periods spent in England, Constantinople, and Athens. Cavafy set in
motion the most powerful modernism in early
twentieth-century European poetry, exhibiting intriguing truths
about eroticism, history, and philosophy—an inscrutable triumvirate that informs the Greek language and culture in all their
diachrony. The Cavafy canon plays with the complexities of
ironic Socratic thought, suffused with the honesty of unadorned

92

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

iambic verse. Based on a fifty-year continuous scholarly and literary interaction with Cavafy’s poetry and its Greek and western
European intertexts, this edition by John Chioles provides an
exceptionally nuanced and the most authoritative translation of
the complex linguistic registers of Cavafy’s canon into English.
J O H N C H I O L E S i s P ro fe s s o r o f Co m p a r at i ve
L i te r at u re at New Yo r k U n i ve r s i t y.
HARVARD EARLY MODERN AND MODERN GREEK LIBRARY 1 |
DECEMBER | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 420 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05326-7 |
$29.95X (£22.95 UK) | POETRY

p re s s

Kleanthes and
Habrokome

The Shackles of
Modernity

Konstantinos Manos

Women, Property, and the Transition from the Ottoman
Empire to the Greek State, 1750–1850

Translated and with an Introduction and
Notes by Panagiotis Roilos
Kleanthes and Habrokome by Konstantinos
Manos, a Phanariot Greek high officer in
late-eighteenth/early-nineteenth-century
Romania, is an important landmark in the
reception of ancient Greek novel and pastoral literature in modern Europe. Albeit
neglected by modern scholarship, this work
was exceptionally popular among the literati
of the Greek diaspora at the beginning of the
nineteenth century. First published in 1801
and reprinted twice within ten years, Kleanthes and Habrokome was one of the most
successful literary contributions to the discourse of continuity within the Greek culture developed during
the Enlightenment. As Roilos shows, the appearance of Manos’s
work three years before the monumental edition of Heliodoros’s
Ethiopian Story (1804) by Adamantios Koraes (the most eminent figure of the Greek Enlightenment) marked a crucial
moment in the dialogue of nineteenth-century Greeks with their
ancient literary heritage. Roilos brings to light this significant but
forgotten work of Greek literature and offers the first systematic
analysis of its position within its broader cultural context as well
as of its relation to ancient Greek and synchronic European intertexts.
PA N A G I O T I S R O I L O S i s P ro fe s s o r o f M o d e r n G re e k
S tudies and of Co m p a r at i ve L i te r at u re at H a r va rd
Universit y.

Evdoxios Doxiadis
This book explores the relationship
between women and property in the
Greek lands and their broader social
position in the century that culminated with the establishment of the
national Greek state (1750–1850).
Doxiadis focuses on the status and
rights of Greek women in the later
Ottoman period, the decade-long
Greek War of Independence, and the
first decades of the Greek state, seeking to reveal the impact that the pursuit of modernization by the early Greek
governments had on women. Through the systematic examination of numerous legal documents in notarial archives from four
distinct regions (Naxos, Mykonos, Athens, and Leonidio), the
position of women in Greek societies of the period is illuminated
in all its complexity and regional diversity. Special emphasis is
placed on women’s ability in some areas to defend their property
rights and be active economic agents. Although the Greek revolutionaries and the Greek state did not curtail the rights of
women with respect to property, the very institutions that were
fundamental in the creation of the Greek state transformed the
established relationship between women and property. Doxiadis
shows that modernization proved to be an oppressive force for
Greek women—though in a much more clandestine fashion
than perhaps expected in other European states.
E V D O X I O S D O X I A D I S i s Le c t u re r at t h e
I n te r n at i o n a l Ce n te r fo r He l l e n i c a n d M e d i te r r a n e a n
S t u d i e s, At h e n s.

HARVARD EARLY MODERN AND MODERN GREEK LIBRARY 2 |
MARCH | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 220 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05594-0 |
$35.00X / (£25.95 UK) | CLASSICS

CULTURAL POLITICS, SOCIOAESTHETICS, BEGINNINGS |
MARCH | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄2 | 32 TABLES | 380 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05593-3 | $55.00X (£40.95 UK) | HISTORY

w w w.hup. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

(

d e p a r t m e nt

o f

c l a s sics

93

david rockefeller center for latin american studies

How Democracy
Works

Building Cities
Neighborhood Upgrading and Urban Quality of Life

Political Institutions, Actors, and Arenas in Latin
American Policymaking

Edited by Carlos Scartascini,
Ernesto Stein, and
Mariano Tommasi
In the past thirty years, democratic freedom and competitive
electoral processes have taken hold as never before in Latin
America. This book zeroes in on the intricate workings of democratic institutions (such as political party systems and the legislature), the actors who participate in democratic systems (such
as governors, judges, bureaucrats, and other members of civil
society), and the arenas in which political and policy interactions take place (which may be formal, such as the legislature,
or informal). The focus is on how those institutions, actors, and
arenas affect the policymaking processes of Latin American
countries for better or worse. In its scope and complexity, the
volume moves well beyond stylized views of the political systems in Latin America.
C A R L O S S C A R TA S C I N I i s S e n i o r Ec o n o m i s t i n t h e

Rese a rc h D e p a r t m e n t, I n te r -A m e r i c a n D eve l o p m e n t
Bank , U S A . E R N E S T O S T E I N i s Re g i o n a l Ec o n o m i c
Ad vi s o r, Co u n t r y D e p a r t m e n t Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a ,
Mexi c o, Pa n a m a , a n d D o m i n i c a n Re p u b l i c , I n te r Ame r i c a n D eve l o p m e n t B a n k , U S A . M A R I A N O
TO M M A S I is Chairman of the Department of
Econ o m i c s, U n i ve r s i d a d d e S a n A n d ré s, A rg e n t i n a .

Edited by Eduardo Rojas
This volume provides a synthesis of the lessons learned and challenges confronted in implementing neighborhood improvement
programs, based on the practical experiences of designing, implementing, and evaluating these types of programs in the Latin
American and Caribbean (LAC) region. The book provides a
wide panorama of the most complex problems that the cities of
the LAC region currently face and shows—with examples of
projects under execution—that it is possible to solve them
through the expansion of the scale of interventions. The volume
is structured in seven thematic chapters that present the “state
of the art” on the knowledge and challenges in each theme. The
book is of interest to policymakers, government officials, practitioners, and scholars working in this field in the LAC region and
around the world.
E D U A R D O R O J A S i s P r i n c i p a l U r b a n D eve l o p ment
S p e c i a l i s t at t h e I n te r -A m e r i c a n D eve l o p m e n t B ank.
DAVID ROCKEFELLER CENTER FOR LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES /INTERAMERICAN DEVELOPMENT BANK | SEPTEMBER | 7 1⁄2 X 9 |
52 HALFTONES, 16 FIGURES, 21 TABLES, 7 MAPS | 250 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-1-59782-108-7 | $34.95X (£25.95 UK) |
URBAN DESIGN / LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

DAVID ROCKEFELLER CENTER FOR LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES/INTERAMERICAN DEVELOPMENT BANK | SEPTEMBER | 6 X 9 |
28 FIGURES, 29 TABLES | 350 PP. | PAPER: ISBN 978-1-59782-109-4 |
$29.95X / (£22.95 UK) | POLITICS / LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

94

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Portraits of an
Invisible Country
The Photographs of Jorge Mario Múnera

Edited by José Luis Falconi
In May 2003, Jorge Mario Múnera won the Latino and Latin American Art Forum
Prize, which entitled him to produce and present an exhibit at the David Rockefeller Center for Latin American Studies at Harvard University. By this time, Múnera had already produced an important body of work, presenting even the farthest
corners of his native Colombia through his photographs of people and their way of life. This volume, which bears the name of the
exhibit that he presented at Harvard in 2004, marks the culmination of a five-year project between the photographer and the curator of the show, José Luis Falconi.
Renowned in his home country for being one of the most prolific and influential photographers of his generation, Jorge Mario
Múnera was the first recipient of the National Photography Award in Colombia in 1998. Since then, numerous international recognitions have followed, chief among them, his appointment to the Andrés Bello Chair of the King Juan Carlos Center at New York
University.
Portraits of an Invisible Country is comprised of a booklet of essays by leading authorities in the field and a series of sixteen photo
posters that showcase the photographer’s travels within Colombia and his careful depiction of his countrymen.
J O S É L U I S FA L C O N I i s A r t Fo r u m C u r ato r at t h e D av i d Ro c ke fe l l e r Ce n te r fo r L at i n A m e r i c a n S t u d i e s,

Har vard Univer s i t y.
LATIN AMERICAN AND LATINO ART FORUM 1 | SEPTEMBER | 16 DETACHABLE POSTERS WITH BLACK & WHITE ILLUS. | 52 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05586-5 | $26.00X (£19.95 UK) | ART

houghton library of the harvard college library

Johnson After Three Centuries
New Light on Texts and Contexts

Edited by Thomas A. Horrocks and Howard D. Weinbrot
Johnson After Three Centuries: New Light on Texts and Contexts examines several aspects of Samuel
Johnson’s career through fresh perspectives and original interpretations by some of the best-known
and widely respected scholars of our time. Included are essays by James Basker, James Engell, Nicholas
Hudson, Jack Lynch, and Allen Reddick.
T H O M A S A . H O R R O C K S i s A s s o c i ate L i b r a r i a n fo r Co l l e c t i o n s, Ho u g h to n L i b r a r y o f H a r va rd
U n i ve r s i t y. H O WA R D D . W E I N B R O T i s P ro fe s s o r o f E n g l i s h at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f Wi s c o n s i n , M a d i s o n .
SEPTEMBER | 6 X 9 | 10 HALFTONES | 150 PP. | ISBN 978-0-9818858-4-1 | $30.00X (£22.95 UK) | LITERATURE

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

95

department of celtic languages and literatures

Proceedings of the
Harvard Celtic
Colloquium, 28: 2008

Proceedings of the
Harvard Celtic
Colloquium, 29: 2009

Edited by Kassandra Conley,
Edyta Lehmann-Shriver, and
Sarah Zeiser

Edited by Kassandra Conley,
Erin Boon, Margaret Harrison,
and Elizabeth Moore

This volume includes: “The Influence of 19th century Anthologies of Celtic Music in Redefining Celtic Nationalism” by Graham Aubrey; “A Reactionary Dimension in Progressive
Revolutionary Theories?” by Olivier Coquelin; “The Spiteful
Tongue: Breton Song Practices and the Art of the Insult” by
Natalie Franz; “Celtic Democracy” by D. Blair Gibson; “Pendragon’s Ancestors” by Natalie Ginoux; “When Historians Study
Breton Oral Ballads: A Cultural Approach” by Eva Guillorel;
“The British Tristan Tradition” by Sabine Heinz; “Time and the
Translation of the Breton Laws” by Heather Laird; “Judas, His
Sister, and the Miraculous Cock in the Middle Irish poem Críst
ro crochadh” by Christopher Leydon; “Se principen nominat :
Rhetorical Self-Fashioning and Epistolary Style in the Letters of Owain
Gwynedd” by Patricia Malone; and
“Abduction, Swordplay, Monsters
K A S S A N D R A C O N L E Y,
and Mistrust: Findabair, GwenERIN BOON, MARGARET
hwyfa and the Restoration of HonHARRISON, ELIZABETH
our” by Sharon Paice MacLeod.
M O O R E , E D Y TA
LEHMANN-SHRIVER,
A N D S A R A H Z E I S E R are

Ph.D. candidates in Celtic
Languages and Literatures
at Harvard University.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE HARVARD CELTIC
COLLOQUIUM 28 |
DECEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 |
19 HALFTONES | 224 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05596-4 |
$32.95X (£24.95 UK) | LITERATURE

This volume includes “Nations in Tune: the Influence of Irish
music on the Breton Musical Record” by Yann Bevant; “Ethnicity, Geography, and the Passage of Dominion in the Mabinogi
and Brut Y Brenhinedd” by Christina Chance; “Rejecting
Mother’s Blessing: the Absence of the Fairy in the Welsh Search
for National Identity” by Adam Coward; “Gwalarn: An Attempt
to Renew Breton literature” by Gwendal Denez; “At the Crossroads: World War One and the Shifting Roles of Men and
Women in Breton Ballad Song Practice” by Natalie Franz;
“Apocryphal Sanctity in the Lives of Irish Saints” by Maire Johnson; “‘An Dialog wtre Arzur Roe d’an Bretounet ha Guynglaff’
and Its Connections with the Arthurian tradition” by Herve Le
Bihan; “A Walk on the Wild Side: Women, Men and Madness”
by Edyta Lehmann; “The Early Establishment of Celtic Studies
in North American Universities” by Michael Linkletter; “‘The
Marshalled Fence of Battle of All the Men of Earth’: A Reading
of Cú Chulainn’s First Recension ríastrad” by Elizabeth Moore;
“Dreams of Medieval Scottish Nationhood: The Epic Case of
William Wallace” by Kylie Murray; “‘Some of You Will Curse
Her’: Women’s Fiction During the Irish-language Revival” by
Riona Nic Congail; “Dating Peredur: New Light on Old Problems” by Natalia I. Petrovskaia; “‘From the Shame You Have
Done’ : Comparing the stories of Blodeuedd and Bláthnait” by
Sarah Pfannenschmidt; “‘And There was a Fourth son Llefelys’:
Narrative Structure and Variation in Cyfranc Lludd a Llefelys” by
Kelly Ann Randell; and “Fabricating Celts: How Iron Age Iberians became Indo-Europeanized during the Franco Regime” by
Aaron Alzola Romero and Eduardo Sanchez-Moreno.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE HARVARD CELTIC COLLOQUIUM 29 |
MARCH | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 272 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05595-7 |
$32.95X (£24.95 UK) | LITERATURE

96

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

paperbacks

My Dearest Friend
Letters of Abigail and John Adams
Edited by Margaret A. Hogan
and C. James Taylor
Foreword by Joseph J. Ellis
In 1762, John Adams penned a flirtatious note to “Miss Adorable,” the seventeen-yearold Abigail Smith. In 1801, Abigail wrote to wish her husband John a safe journey as he
headed home to Quincy after serving as president of the nation he helped create. The
letters that span these nearly forty years form the most significant correspondence—and reveal one of the most intriguing and
inspiring partnerships—in American history.
MARGARET A.

“B ECAUSE J OHN A DAMS ’ S WORK AS A CRITICAL PLAYER IN THE WAR
OF I NDEPENDENCE FREQUENTLY TOOK HIM AWAY FROM HOME , HIS
CORRESPONDENCE WITH A BIGAIL ( SOME 1,160 LETTERS BETWEEN
THEM HAVE SURVIVED ) PROVIDES A WONDERFULLY VIVID ACCOUNT OF
THE MOMENTOUS ERA THEY LIVED THROUGH , UNDERSCORING THE
CHAOTIC , OFTEN IMPROVISATORY CIRCUMSTANCES THAT ATTENDED THE
BIRTH OF THE FLEDGLING NATION AND THE HARDSHIPS OF DAILY LIFE .”
—M ICHIKO K AKUTANI , N EW YORK T IMES
“T HE

H O G A N is

Managing Editor of
the Adams Papers
at the Massachusetts Historical
Society. C . J A M E S TAY L O R is
Editor in Chief of the Adams
Papers at the Massachusetts
Historical Society.

A MERICAN NATION , IN ALL
INSIDE …T HE A DAMSES ’ LETTERS

LETTERS REVEAL THE MAKING OF THE

ITS CHAOS AND PASSION , FROM THE

ARE SO ENJOYABLE BECAUSE THEY OFFER A WONDERFUL BREADTH OF
TOPICS , BREATHLESSLY JUMPING BETWEEN FLIRTATIOUS TEASING ,
GOSSIP ABOUT FRIENDS AND FAMILY, AND PHILOSOPHICAL AND
POLITICAL ARGUMENT.”

—A NDREA W ULF, T HE G UARDIAN
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: OCTOBER 2007 / ISBN 978-0-674-02606-3 |
NOVEMBER | 6 3⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 19 COLOR ILLUS., 9 HALFTONES | 528 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05705-0 | $19.95 (£14.95 UK) |
BIOGRAPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

97

Galileo Goes to Jail

Healing Spaces

And Other Myths about Science and Religion

The Science of Place and Well-Being

Edited by Ronald L. Numbers

Esther M. Sternberg, M.D.

A C HOICE O UTSTANDING A CADEMIC B OOK

The picture of science and religion at each
other’s throats persists in mainstream media
and scholarly journals, but each chapter in
Galileo Goes to Jail shows how much we
have to gain by seeing beyond the myths.

Does the world make you sick? If the distractions and distortions around you, the jarring colors and sounds, could shake up
the healing chemistry of your mind, might your surroundings
also have the power to heal you? This is the question Esther
Sternberg explores in Healing Spaces, a look at the marvelously
rich nexus of mind and body, perception and place.

“T HE

“W HAT S TERNBERG

AUTHORS NECESSARILY SPEND THE BULK

OF THEIR TIME DEBUNKING ATTACKS ON

DOES SO SKILLFULLY IS TO STITCH TOGETHER AN

EXPLANATION AS TO HOW SO MANY OF THE THINGS WE INTUITIVELY

RELIGION IN THE NAME OF SCIENCE , BUT THEY

FIND RELAXING , LIKE YOGA , OR SITTING BY THE SEA , OR IN A BRIGHT

ALSO CLEAR THE MUDDY WATERS LEFT BEHIND

AIRY ROOM , AFFECT HOW QUICKLY WE HEAL .

WHEN PRO - RELIGION FORCES TRY TO OBSCURE

SCIENCE TO BACK IT UP AND EXPLAINS IT SO ENGAGINGLY THAT IT ’ S

THE SCIENTIFIC RECORD …G IVEN ALL OF THE

HARD TO RESIST SHARING HER CONVICTION .”

POLEMICS PUBLISHED TODAY, THIS IS A BREATH

S HE

PROVIDES THE

—L INDA G EDDES , N EW S CIENTIST

OF FRESH AIR .”

—R YAN T. A NDERSON , W EEKLY S TANDARD
“[T HIS

BOOK WAS WRITTEN ] WITH ORDINARY

“H EALING S PACES [ IS ]

AN EXPLORATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL

INFLUENCES OVER THE BRAIN , THE BODY AND THE COURSE OF MENTAL
AND PHYSICAL DISEASE …A NYONE WHO HAS EVER FELT PEACE

READERS , NOT SPECIALISTS , IN MIND , MAKING

DESCEND IN LOVELY SURROUNDINGS WILL FIND A FEW SEEDS OF

THIS A TRULY RARE BOOK : WHERE ELSE CAN YOU

EXPLANATION IN HER BOOK .”

FIND SUCH AUTHORITATIVE SCHOLARSHIP

—A BIGAIL Z UGER , M.D., N EW YORK T IMES

DELIVERED SO ACCESSIBLY AND FAIRLY ON SUCH
AN IMPORTANT SUBJECT ?”

—E DWARD B. D AVIS ,

E S T H E R M . S T E R N B E R G , M . D . , author of Th e

BELIEF. NET

R O N A L D L . N U M B E R S is Hilldale
Professor of the History of Science and
Medicine, University of Wisconsin–Madison.
His books include Th e C re a t i o n i s t s : Fro m S c i e n t i f i c
Crea t i o n i s m to I n te l l i g e n t D e s i g n , E x p a n d e d Ed i t i o n
(Harvard).
CLOTH: MARCH 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03327-6 |
NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 320 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05741-8 | $17.95 (£13.95 UK) |
SCIENCE / RELIGION

98

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

Ba l a n ce Wi t h i n : Th e S c i e n ce Co n n e c t i n g He a l t h a nd
E m o t i o n s, has done extensive research on brain-immune
interactions and the effects of the brain’s stress response on
health. She was on the faculty at Washington University,
St. Louis, prior to joining the National Institutes of Health
in 1986.
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: MAY 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03336-8 |
SEPTEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 352 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05748-7 | $16.95 (£12.95 UK) |
HEALTH / PSYCHOLOGY

p re s s

To Serve God and
Wal-Mart

Total Cure
The Antidote to the Health Care Crisis

Harold S. Luft

The Making of Christian Free Enterprise

Bethany Moreton
A B OSTON P HOENIX B EST B OOK
W INNER

OF THE

OF THE

Y EAR

2010 OAH F REDERICK J ACKSON T URNER AWARD

In the decades after World War II, evangelical Christianity nourished America’s devotion to free markets, free trade, and free
enterprise. The history of Wal-Mart uncovers a complex network that united Sun Belt entrepreneurs, evangelical employees, Christian business students, overseas missionaries, and
free-market activists. Through the stories of people linked by the
world’s largest corporation, Bethany Moreton shows how a
Christian service ethos powered capitalism at home and abroad.

Guaranteeing that everyone is insured does not
create a system with the quality of care patients
want, the flexibility clinicians need, and the
internal dynamics to continually improve the
value of health care. Hal Luft presents a comprehensive new proposal, SecureChoice, which
does all that while providing affordable health
insurance for every American.
“B RILLIANT

AND BADLY UNDERAPPRECIATED …L UFT

SEEMS TO RECOGNIZE THAT ADVANCES IN MEDICAL
TECHNOLOGY MAKE THE TRADITIONAL APPROACH TO
PRIVATE HEALTH INSURANCE LESS VIABLE .

Y ET

HE

ALSO SEES THE VALUE IN PROMOTING CONSTRUCTIVE

“M ORETON OFFERS NOVEL OBSERVATIONS ABOUT THE LURE OF WAL M ART. S HE EXPLAINS , FOR EXAMPLE , HOW THE COMPANY INVOKED
THE FUNDAMENTALIST C HRISTIAN TEACHINGS EMBRACED BY MANY OF
ITS EMPLOYEES TO FASHION A WORKING ENVIRONMENT THAT INDUCED
THEM TO WORK CONTENTEDLY FOR LOW WAGES AND PALTRY
BENEFITS …M ORETON ARGUES THAT

WALTON

COMPETITION …W ITH THE

P OOL ]

[U NIVERSAL COVERAGE

IN PLACE , NO ONE WILL EVER GO BANKRUPT

DUE TO ILLNESS ; PRIVATE INSURERS AND PROVIDERS
WILL COMPETE ON THE BASICS OF COST AND
QUALITY; AND THE HEALTH SYSTEM WILL GET BETTER

AND HIS FELLOW

AND CHEAPER OVER TIME .”

EXECUTIVES QUICKLY RECOGNIZED THE ECONOMIC ADVANTAGE OF
WEAVING SPECIFIC STRANDS OF THE

O ZARK

—R EIHAN S ALAM , F ORBES . COM

REGION ’ S

FUNDAMENTALIST BELIEF SYSTEM INTO THEIR CORPORATE STRATEGY.”

—R OBERT F RANK , N EW YORK T IMES B OOK R EVIEW
“T HIS

“S ECURE C HOICE

IS AN INGENIOUS , CAREFULLY

CONSTRUCTED PROPOSAL …[T OTAL

C URE ]

PROVID [ ES ] BOTH AN IMPORTANT NEW HEALTH CARE
BOOK OFFERS READERS AN ENGAGING ACCOUNT OF HOW A

DISCOUNT FIVE - AND - DIME STORE CONCEIVED IN THE RURAL

O ZARKS

A MERICAN

REFORM OPTION AND AN ILLUMINATING TUTORIAL ON THE ISSUES AT
STAKE .”

BECAME THE TEMPLATE FOR SERVICE WORK IN THE GLOBAL

—S AMUEL Y. S ESSIONS ,
J OURNAL OF THE A MERICAN M EDICAL A SSOCIATION

ECONOMY.”

—R EBEKAH P EEPLES M ASSENGILL ,
T IMES H IGHER E DUCATION

H A R O L D S . L U F T is Director of the Palo Alto Medical

B E T H A N Y M O R E T O N is Assistant Professor of History

and Women’s Studies at the University of Georgia.
CLOTH: MAY 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03322-1 |
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 12 HALFTONES, 1 MAP | 392 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05740-1 | $17.95 (£13.95 UK) |
CURRENT AFFAIRS / BUSINESS

Foundation Research Institute and Caldwell B. Esselstyn
Professor of Health Policy and Health Economics, Emeritus,
at the University of California, San Francisco.
CLOTH: OCTOBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03210-1 |
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 7 LINE ILLUS., 2 TABLES | 336 PP.
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05736-4 | $17.95 (£13.95 UK)
MEDICINE / ECONOMICS

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

99

Hadrian

Arthur Miller

Empire and Conflict

Christopher Bigsby

Thorsten Opper

A C HOICE O UTSTANDING A CADEMIC T ITLE

Even in the panoply of Roman history,
Hadrian stands out. Emperor from CE 117 to
138, he was at once a benevolent ruler and
a ruthless military leader, known for his restless and ambitious nature, his interest in
architecture, and his passion for Greek culture. This book moves beyond the familiar
image of Hadrian to offer a new appraisal of
this Emperor’s contradictory personality, his
exploits and accomplishments, his rule, and
his military role, against the backdrop of his
twenty-one-year reign.
“B RING [ S ] TOGETHER ARTIFACTS FROM AROUND
THE WORLD, INCLUDING STUNNING SCULPTURES ,
BRONZES , COINS , MOSAICS , AND FINE
INTERPRETIVE TEXTS ABOUT THE MAN WHO WAS

R OME FROM 117 CE TO 138 CE
…[A] STRIKING , BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED
BOOK .”

EMPEROR OF

—J OAN W. G ARTLAND, L IBRARY J OURNAL
“[A N ]

EXCELLENT AND LAVISHLY ILLUSTRATED

“T HANKS TO B IGSBY ’ S RESEARCH , PARTICULARLY INTO PREVIOUSLY
UNSEEN MATERIAL , HIS ACCOUNT OF M ILLER TRYING TO HANG ON TO
HIS SOUL IN MIDCENTURY A MERICA SHOWS THAT HE WAS LARGE NOT
LEAST IN HIS CONTRADICTIONS …W HAT THE BOOK MAKES NEWLY
CLEAR , THOUGH , IS HOW MUCH OF M ILLER ’ S WORK REFLECTS HIS
OWN PERSONAL STRUGGLES .”
—J EREMY M CC ARTER , N EW YORK T IMES B OOK R EVIEW
“B IGSBY ’ S BIOGRAPHY IS SO EFFECTIVE BECAUSE IT MANAGES TO
LOCATE M ILLER ’ S ART IN TERMS BOTH OF THE PROGRESSION OF HIS
IDEALISM AND THE REGRESSIONS OF HIS ACTUAL EXPERIENCE . T HERE
CAN ’ T BE MANY WRITERS WHO APPEARED TO LIVE SO MUCH AT THE

BOOK …H IGHLY RECOMMENDED AND

CENTER OF THEIR TIMES AND WHO SUFFERED SO MUCH FROM THAT

ASTONISHING VALUE FOR MONEY.”

SEEMING CENTRALITY.”

—A NDREW J ACK ,

CULTUREKIOSQUE . COM

T H O R S T E N O P P E R is a curator in the
Department of Greek and Roman Antiquities at the British
Museum. He has published work on ancient sculpture and
eighteenth-century antiquarianism.
CLOTH: SEPTEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03095-4 |
NOVEMBER | 9 X 11 3⁄8 | 200 COLOR ILLUS. | 224 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05742-5 | $21.95 / NA |
BIOGRAPHY

100

This is the long-awaited biography of one of the twentieth century’s greatest playwrights, Arthur Miller, whose postwar decade
of work earned him international critical and popular acclaim.
Christopher Bigsby’s gripping, meticulously researched biography, based on boxes of papers made available to him before
Miller’s death, examines his refusal to name names before the
notorious House on Un-American Activities Committee, offers
new insights into Miller’s marriage to Marilyn Monroe, and
sheds new light on how their relationship informed Miller’s subsequent great plays.

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

—A NDREW O’H AGAN , LONDON R EVIEW OF B OOKS
C H R I S T O P H E R B I G S B Y is Professor of American

Studies and Director of the Arthur Miller Centre at the
University of East Anglia.
CLOTH: MAY 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03505-8 |
NOVEMBER | 6 3⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 44 HALFTONES | 776 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05708-1 | $19.95 / USA |
BIOGRAPHY

p re s s

Theodor W. Adorno

Samuel Johnson

One Last Genius

A Biography

Detlev Claussen

Peter Martin

Translated by Rodney Livingstone
W INNER

OF THE

R UNNER - UP, T HE ATLANTIC B OOKS

U NGAR G ERMAN T RANSLATION AWARD

He was famously hostile to biography as a literary form. And yet
this life of Adorno by one of his last students is far more than literary in its accomplishments, giving us our first clear look at
how the man and his moment met to create “critical theory.” An
intimate picture of the quintessential twentieth-century transatlantic intellectual, the book is also a window on the cultural ferment of Adorno’s day—and its ongoing importance in our own.
“C LAUSSEN

IS ILLUMINATING ON HIS SUBJECT ’ S POLITICS , CULTURAL

HERITAGE , HISTORICAL CONTEXT, MUSICOLOGY, INTELLECTUAL
LIAISONS AND REFLECTIONS ON THE CULTURE INDUSTRY…
T HEODOR W. A DORNO : O NE L AST G ENIUS IS A STRENUOUSLY
INTELLECTUAL BIOGRAPHY, THE ONLY SORT THE MASTER HIMSELF
MIGHT JUST HAVE APPROVED , IN WHICH THE BARE FACTS OF HIS LIFE

OF THE

Y EAR

The Johnson that emerges from this enthralling
biography is still the foremost figure of his age,
but a more rebellious, unpredictable, flawed,
and sympathetic figure than has been previously
known.
“M ODERN

BIOGRAPHERS ARE AWARE OF THE

COMPETITION .

T HEY HAVE TO WRITE A FIRST- RATE
J OHNSON OR HEAR FROM CRITICS THAT
THEY ’ VE FOOLISHLY ENTERED THE WRONG LEAGUE .
A ND A NUMBER OF SCHOLARS , NOTABLY PAUL
F USSELL AND W. J ACKSON B ATE , HAVE GIVEN US
REMARKABLE PORTRAITS . T HEY ’ RE NOW JOINED BY
P ETER M ARTIN [ IN ]… A DEEPLY FELT, BEAUTIFULLY
BOOK ABOUT

WRITTEN ACCOUNT OF A PERSONALITY ABOUT WHOM
WE CANNOT KNOW ENOUGH .”

ALWAYS COME TO US INTERWOVEN WITH HISTORICAL CURRENTS AND

—G EORGE S IM J OHNSTON ,
WALL S TREET J OURNAL

PHILOSOPHICAL WRANGLES .”

—T ERRY E AGLETON , LONDON R EVIEW OF B OOKS
“C LAUSSEN ,

A STUDENT OF

A DORNO ’ S ,

“A
HAS WRITTEN WHAT HAS BEEN

HAILED AS AMONG THE BEST BOOKS ON ITS FAMOUSLY RECALCITRANT
SUBJECT.”

LIVELY NEW BIOGRAPHY, A BOOK WELL SEASONED

WITH GOOD STORIES , MOST OF WHICH DO NOT SEEK
ALWAYS TO SHOW THE

D OCTOR

IN A BETTER LIGHT.”

—A NDREW O'H AGAN ,
N EW YORK R EVIEW OF B OOKS

—B RIAN S HOLIS , B OOKFORUM
D E T L E V C L A U S S E N is a journalist and a Professor of
Social Theory, Culture, and Sociology at the University of
Hanover. R O D N E Y L I V I N G S T O N E is Professor
Emeritus in German Studies at the University of
Southampton. He is well known as a translator of books by
Walter Benjamin, Theodor W. Adorno, and Max Weber,
among others.
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: APRIL 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-02618-6 |
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 19 HALFTONES | 464 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05713-5 | $22.95 (£16.95 UK) |
BIOGRAPHY

P E T E R M A R T I N has taught English literature on both

sides of the Atlantic and is the author of A L i fe o f J a m e s
B o s we l l and editor of S a mu e l J o h n so n : S e l e c te d
Wr i t i n g s, A Te rce n te n a r y Ce l e b ra t i o n (Harvard).
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: SEPTEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03160-9 |
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 34 HALFTONES, 2 MAPS | 640 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05737-1 | $19.95 / NA |
BIOGRAPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

101

Seven Deadly Sins

The Triumph of Music

A Very Partial List

The Rise of Composers, Musicians and Their Art

Aviad Kleinberg

Tim Blanning

Translated by Susan Emanuel in
collaboration with the author
Every culture has its own favorite list of trespasses. Perhaps the most influential of these
was drawn up by the Church in late antiquity: the Seven Deadly Sins. Pride, sloth,
gluttony, envy, anger, lust, and greed are not
forbidden acts but the passions that lead us
into temptation. Aviad Kleinberg, one of the
most prominent public intellectuals in Israel,
examines the arts of sinning and of finger
pointing. After all, what is wrong with a little sloth?

A distinguished historian chronicles the rise of music and musicians in the West from lowly balladeers to masters employed by
fickle patrons, to the great composers of genius, to today’s rock
stars. How, he asks, did music progress from subordinate status
to its present position of supremacy among the creative arts?
“T HE T RIUMPH OF M USIC

SUCCEEDS IN ITS GOAL OF DESCRIBING

MUSIC AS AN INSTRUMENT OF CULTURAL AND POLITICAL CHANGE .”

— J AMES P ENROSE , N EW C RITERION
“T HE

POSITION OF MUSICIANS IN SOCIETY AND THE MECHANISMS BY

WHICH THEY REACH THEIR AUDIENCES ARE EXPLORED IN FASCINATING
DEPTH .

T HE

BOOK IS NOT ABOUT MUSIC ITSELF, BUT ABOUT ITS

CREATORS AND CONSUMERS .

B LANNING

EVOKES THE LIFE OF THE

EIGHTEENTH - CENTURY MUSICIAN WITH MARVELOUS CLARITY;

“A N

INTELLECTUAL GEM THAT INTRODUCES THE

H AYDN

IS PARTICULARLY WELL TREATED , AND THE SHIFTING STATUS OF

READER TO A NEW WORLD OF IDEAS . I T IS A

MUSICIANS IN THE REVOLUTIONARY PERIOD IS HELD UNDER THE

THOUGHT- PROVOKING AND PASSIONATE

A S A SOCIAL HISTORY OF MUSIC IN THE
B ACH TO WAGNER , THE BOOK IS PENETRATING AND
RICHLY DOCUMENTED . T HERE ARE FASCINATING NUGGETS OF
INFORMATION THROUGHOUT, ILLUMINATING BUT NOT DETRACTING

BOOK …K LEINBERG ’ S HUMOR AND LEARNING
INVITE THE READER TO A JOURNEY OF SELF
EXPLORATION AND TO A REEXAMINATION OF

HISTORIAN ’ S SHARP GAZE .

PERIOD FROM

FROM THE CHRONICLE OF MUSICIANS AND THE RESPONSES OF

THE SOURCES OF EVIL .”

—T IMEOUT I SRAEL

AUDIENCES , POLITICIANS , AND CRITICS .”

—H UGH M AC D ONALD, T IMES L ITERARY S UPPLEMENT
“[A]

LIVELY AND ENGAGING ESSAY

COLLECTION .”

T I M B L A N N I N G is Professor of Modern European History

—J. COURTNEY S ULLIVAN ,
N EW YORK T IMES B OOK
R EVIEW
AV I A D K L E I N B E R G is Professor
of History at Tel Aviv University and
the author of Fl e s h M a d e Wo rd : S a i n t s’
S to r i e s a n d t h e We s te r n I m ag i n a t i o n
(Harvard).

at the University of Cambridge and the author of Th e
Pu r s u i t o f G l o r y : Eu ro p e 1 6 4 8 – 1 8 1 5.
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: NOVEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03104-3 |
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 89 HALFTONES, 2 TABLES | 432 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05709-8 | $19.95 / OBE |
HISTORY

BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: NOVEMBER 2008 /
ISBN 978-0-674-03141-8 | OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 208 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05732-6 | $16.95 (£12.95 UK) |
RELIGION

102

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

A History of the
Arab Peoples

Paris from the
Ground Up

Albert Hourani

James H. S. McGregor

With a New Afterword by Malise Ruthven
Upon its publication in 1991, Albert Hourani’s masterwork was
hailed as the definitive story of Arab civilization and became
both a bestseller and an instant classic. In a panoramic view
encompassing twelve centuries of Arab history and culture,
Hourani brilliantly illuminated the people and events that have
fundamentally shaped the Arab world.
Now this seminal book is available in an expanded second edition. Noted Islamic scholar Malise Ruthven brings the
story up to date from the mid-1980s, including such events as
the Gulf War; civil unrest in Algeria; the change of leadership in
Syria, Morocco, and Jordan; and the aftermath of the events of
September 11, 2001.

P RAISE
“A

SPLENDID ACHIEVEMENT…W RITTEN WITH JUST THE RIGHT MIX OF

T HIS

IS HISTORY IN THE GRAND STYLE . I T CAN LEAD TO A

BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THE

A RABS ,

“I N J AMES H. S. M CG REGOR ’ S PARIS FROM
G ROUND U P — WHICH OFFERS AN
INFORMATIVE HISTORY OF THE CITY ’ S ART AND
ARCHITECTURE —THE E IFFEL T OWER
NECESSARILY [ OCCUPIES ] ONLY FOUR
PAGES …B UT THOSE FOUR PAGES ARE
INVALUABLE …T HIS INSIGHT IS TYPICAL OF
M CG REGOR , WHO… IS AT HIS BEST WHEN

THE

ELABORATING ON THE TECHNICAL ASPECTS OF

PARIS ’ S

BUILDINGS .”

—C AROLINE W EBER ,
N EW YORK T IMES B OOK R EVIEW

FOR THE FIRST EDITION :

EMPATHY AND SENSITIVITY, AND A FEEL FOR THE IRONY OF HUMAN
HISTORY.

James H. S. McGregor brings multiple perspectives into focus throughout this concise,
unique history of the City of Light.

PAST AND PRESENT.”

—L. C ARL B ROWN , N EW YORK T IMES B OOK R EVIEW

“M CG REGOR ’ S EXCELLENT F ROM THE G ROUND
U P SERIES TREATS THE CITY AS A PALIMPSEST,
SUBSTITUTING SPACE FOR TIME AND ALLOWING
THE READER TO EXPLORE THE HISTORY OF A
PLACE WHILE WANDERING ITS STREETS .
TRACES THE STORY OF

“H ERE

AT LAST IS A GENUINELY READABLE , GENUINELY RESPONSIVE

HISTORY OF THE

A RABS .”

PARIS ,

H ERE

HE

DESCRIBING THE

REMNANTS OF A LONG HISTORY THAT ARE , FOR
THE MOST PART, BURIED DEEP BENEATH THE CITY

—E DWARD W. S AID, LOS A NGELES T IMES B OOK R EVIEW

STREETS .”

—LONDON R EVIEW OF B OOKS
A L B E R T H O U R A N I was Emeritus Fellow, St. Antony’s
College, Oxford. He died in 1993. M A L I S E R U T H V E N is

a former editor with the BBC Arabic Service and World
Service in London and is the author of I s l a m i n t h e Wo r l d
and Islam: A Ve r y S h o r t I n t ro d u c t i o n.
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: APRIL 2003 / ISBN 978-0-674-01017-8 |
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 32 HALFTONES, 13 MAPS | 624 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05819-4 | $18.95 (£14.95 UK) | HISTORY

J A M E S H . S . M C G R E G O R is Professor and Co-Head of

the Department of Comparative Literature at the University
of Georgia. He is the author of Ro m e f ro m t h e G ro u n d U p,
Ve n i ce f ro m t h e G ro u n d U p, and Wa s h i n g to n f ro m t h e
G ro u n d U p (all from Harvard).
BELKNAP PRESS | FROM THE GROUND UP |
CLOTH: APRIL 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03316-0 |
NOVEMBER | 5 3⁄4 X 9 |
105 COLOR ILLUS., 30 HALFTONES, 10 MAPS | 352 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05738-8 | $17.95 (£13.95 UK) |
HISTORY / TRAVEL

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

103

On the Origin
of Stories

The Diversity of Life
Edward O. Wilson

Evolution, Cognition, and Fiction

Brian Boyd
A N EW Z EALAND L ISTENER
B EST B OOK OF THE Y EAR

A distinguished scholar offers the first comprehensive account of the evolutionary origins of art and storytelling. Brian Boyd
explains why we tell stories, how our minds
are shaped to understand them, and what
difference an evolutionary understanding of
human nature makes to stories we love.
“N O ONE THINKS ON THIS SCALE ANYMORE …
B OYD ’ S TREATMENT IS ENGROSSING , AS
ELEGANT IN THE WRITING AS THE REASONING . I T
OFFERS A NEW INSIGHT INTO THE QUESTION OF
WHY SOME WORKS [ OF FICTION ] SPEAK TO
AUDIENCES ACROSS CULTURES AND
GENERATIONS …W HATEVER YOUR OPINION OF

D ERRIDA , B OYD

OFFERS ABSOLUTION TO ALL

LOVERS OF FICTION .”

—L AURA D IETZ ,
T IMES L ITERARY S UPPLEMENT
“B OYD

HAS PRODUCED A CHALLENGING PIECE

OF CRITICAL THEORY, WHICH MIGHT WELL
HERALD THE RETURN TO

N ATURE

OF WHICH

CULTURAL CRITICISM IS IN SUCH SORE NEED .”

—T ERRY E AGLETON ,
LONDON R EVIEW OF B OOKS
B R I A N B O Y D , University Distinguished Professor in the

Department of English, University of Auckland, is the world’s
foremost authority on the works of Nabokov.
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: MAY 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03357-3 |
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 14 HALFTONES | 560 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05711-1 | $19.95 (£14.95 UK) |
LITERATURE / SCIENCE

104

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

Edward O. Wilson reflects on the crucible of evolution and how
the living world became diverse—and how humans are destroying that diversity. Unparalleled in its range and depth, Wilson’s
masterwork is essential reading for those who care about preserving the world’s biological variety and ensuring our planet’s
health.
“W E

NEED PROPHETS TO SHAKE THE SOULS AND GRAB THE ATTENTION

OF THOSE WHO HAVE EYES BUT SEE NOT.

T HE D IVERSITY OF L IFE

IS A

DEFT AND THOROUGHLY SUCCESSFUL MIXTURE OF INFORMATION AND
PROPHECY.”

—S TEPHEN J AY G OULD, N ATURE
“W ILSON ’ S

IS STILL THE BEST WORK WE ARE EVER LIKELY TO HAVE ON

THE TANGLED , EVER - CHANGING RELATIONSHIPS THAT ALL SPECIES ON
THE PLANET HAVE WITH ONE ANOTHER — AND WHY THE PRESERVATION
OF THE SAME BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY THAT SPARKS OUR CURIOSITY
AND ENRICHES OUR SPIRIT MAY ALSO BE THE KEY TO OUR SURVIVAL .”

—T. H. WATKINS , WASHINGTON P OST B OOK W ORLD
“I N THIS BOOK [W ILSON ] STOPS ASKING WHAT BIOLOGY DOES TO
HUMANS , AND ASKS INSTEAD WHAT WE HUMANS ARE DOING TO
BIOLOGY.”
—D AVID PAPINEAU , N EW YORK T IMES B OOK R EVIEW
E D WA R D O . W I L S O N is Pellegrino University

Professor, Emeritus, at Harvard University. In addition to
two Pulitzer Prizes (one of which he shares with Bert
Hölldobler), Wilson has won many scientific awards,
including the National Medal of Science and the Crafoord
Prize of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences.
BELKNAP PRESS | QUESTIONS OF SCIENCE |
CLOTH: 1992 / ISBN 978-0-674-21298-5 |
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 50 LINE ILLUS., 3 MAPS,
64 COLOR PHOTOGRAPHS ON A 16-PAGE INSERT,
3 COLOR ILLUS. ON A 2-PAGE INSERT | 432 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05817-0 | $21.95 / COBEE |
SCIENCE

p re s s

Beyond Terror and
Martyrdom

Forgotten Wars
Freedom and Revolution in Southeast Asia

Christopher Bayly and Tim Harper

The Future of the Middle East

Gilles Kepel
Translated by Pascale Ghazaleh
A C HOICE O UTSTANDING A CADEMIC T ITLE

Since 2001, two dominant worldviews have clashed in the
global arena: a neoconservative nightmare of an insidious Islamic
terrorist threat to civilized life, and a jihadist myth of martyrdom through the slaughter of infidels. Beyond Terror and Martyrdom sounds the alarm to the West and to Islam that both of
these exhausted narratives are bankrupt—productive neither of
democratic change in the Middle East nor of unity in Islam.
“G ILLES K EPEL …[ HAS ] DONE MORE THAN MOST WRITERS TO OPEN
THE MINDS OF W ESTERN READERS TO THE WORLD OF I SLAM …
B EYOND T ERROR AND M ARTYRDOM IS A STRONG CRITIQUE OF WHAT
HE CALLS THE TWO ‘ GRAND NARRATIVES ’ THAT HAVE CREATED SO
MUCH HAVOC IN THE M IDDLE E AST, AND BY EXTENSION IN E UROPE
TOO.”
—I AN B URUMA , N EW YORK R EVIEW OF B OOKS

“[A]

COMPELLING BOOK …T HE AUTHORS WRITE

THAT ‘ THE END OF EMPIRE IS NOT A PRETTY
THING IF EXAMINED TOO CLOSELY,’ BUT WHEN
EXAMINED SO ABLY IT IS CERTAINLY
FASCINATING .”

—P HILIP D ELVES B ROUGHTON ,
WALL S TREET J OURNAL
“F ORGOTTEN WARS

MOVINGLY BRINGS OUT THE

TRAVAILS OF ORDINARY PEOPLE WHO GOT

“T HIS BOOK , FROM ONE OF F RANCE ’ S SHREWDEST INTERPRETERS OF
THE M USLIM WORLD , PROVIDES A HIGHLY READABLE END - OF -TERM
CONSPECTUS OF THE SUBSEQUENT VIOLENT ENCOUNTER BETWEEN

A MERICA

After the fall of the atomic bomb Asia was
dominated by the British. Yet within a few
violent years, British power in the region
would crumble, and independent nations
would struggle into existence. Christopher
Bayly and Tim Harper show how World War
II never really ended in these ravaged Asian
lands, but instead continued in bloody civil
wars and insurrections.

AND THE JIHADISTS . I T ALSO OFFERS AN INTRIGUING

ARGUMENT. I N

G ILLES K EPEL’ S TELLING , IT IS NOT ONLY M R . B USH
S EPTEMBER 11 TH . O SAMA BIN
L ADEN ’ S STRATEGY FAILED TOO.”
WHOSE STRATEGY FAILED AFTER

—T HE E CONOMIST
G I L L E S K E P E L is Professor and Chair of Middle East

Studies at the Institute of Political Studies in Paris. He is
the author of Th e Wa r fo r M u s l i m M i n d s : I s l a m a n d t h e
West and Jihad: Th e Tra i l o f Po l i t i ca l I s l a m and coeditor
of A l Qaeda in I t s O w n Wo rd s (all from Harvard).
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: NOVEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03138-8 |
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 336 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05731-9 | $17.95 (£13.95 UK) |
CURRENT AFFAIRS

CAUGHT UP WITHIN A VICIOUS CYCLE OF
POLITICAL TURMOIL , ECONOMIC DEPRIVATION ,
AND VIOLENCE .

T HIS

IS A ‘ MUST READ ’ FOR

THOSE INTERESTED IN HISTORIES OF

B RITISH
A SIA .”

IMPERIALISM AND DECOLONIZATION IN

—H AIMANTI R OY,
J OURNAL OF B RITISH S TUDIES
C H R I S T O P H E R B AY LY is Vere Harmsworth Professor of
Imperial and Naval History at the University of Cambridge,
and a Fellow of St. Catherine’s College. T I M H A R P E R is a
Senior Lecturer in History at the University of Cambridge,
and a Fellow of Magdalene College. They are the authors of
Fo rg o t te n A r m i e s : Th e Fa l l o f Br i t i s h A s i a , 1 9 4 1 – 1 9 4 5
(Harvard).
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: MAY 2007 / ISBN 978-0-674-02153-2 |
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 16 HALFTONES | 704 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05707-4 | $19.95 * / USA | HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

105

S I N C E 1 9 59 T H E J O H N H A R V A R D L I B R A R Y H A S B E E N
I N S T R U M E N TA L I N P U B L I S H I N G E S S E N T I A L A M E R I C A N
W R I T I N G S I N A U T H O R I TAT I V E E D I T I O N S .

The Last of
the Mohicans

Common Sense

James Fenimore Cooper

Introduction by Alan Taylor

Thomas Paine

Introduction by Wayne Franklin
Set in 1757 during the French
and Indian War, as Britain and
France fought for control of
North America, The Last of the
Mohicans is a historical novel
and a rousing adventure story. It is also, Wayne
Franklin argues in his introduction, a probing examination of the political and cultural contest taking
shape more than half a century later in the author’s
own day as European settlement continued to
relentlessly push Native Americans westward. The
John Harvard Library edition reproduces the
authoritative text of the novel from The Writings of James Fenimore Cooper, published by
the State University of New York Press.
WAY N E F R A N K L I N is Head of the English
Department at the University of Connecticut.
He is the author of several books, including
J a m e s Fe n i m o re Co o p e r : Th e Ea r l y Ye a r s.
BELKNAP PRESS |
THE JOHN HARVARD LIBRARY |
JANUARY | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 548 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05714-2 |
$10.95 (£8.95 UK) |
LITERATURE

106

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

“In Common Sense a writer found his
moment to change the world,” Alan Taylor
writes in his introduction. When Paine’s
attack on the British mixed constitution of
kings, lords, and commons was published
in January 1776, fighting had already
erupted between British troops and American Patriots, but many Patriots still balked
at seeking independence. “By discrediting
the sovereign king,” Taylor argues, “Paine
made independence thinkable—as he relocated sovereignty from a royal family to the
collective people of a republic.” Paine’s
American readers could conclude that they
stood at “the center of a new and coming world of utopian
potential.” The John Harvard Library edition follows the text of
the expanded edition printed by the shop of Benjamin Towne for
W. and T. Bradford of Philadelphia.
A L A N TAY L O R is Professor of History at the University of

California at Davis. He is the author of several books,
including Wi l l i a m Co o p e r ’s Tow n : Powe r a n d Pe r s uasion
o n t h e Fro n t i e r o f t h e Ea r l y A m e r i ca n Re p u b l i c, winner
of the Pulitzer Prize for History and the Bancroft Prize for
American History.
BELKNAP PRESS | THE JOHN HARVARD LIBRARY |
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 92 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05116-4 | $7.95 (£5.95 UK) |
HISTORY / POLITICS

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

THE FEDERALIST
ALEXANDER HAMILTON,
JAMES MADISON, AND JOHN JAY
INTRODUCTION BY
CASS R. SUNSTEIN
PAPER $14.95 / £11.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03573-7
INCIDENTS IN THE LIFE OF A SLAVE GIRL:
WRITTEN BY HERSELF
WITH "A TRUE TALE OF SLAVERY"
BY JOHN S. JACOB
HARRIET A. JACOBS
EDITED BY JEAN FAGAN YELLIN
PAPER $16.95 / £12.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03583-6
HOW THE OTHER HALF LIVES:
STUDIES AMONG THE TENEMENTS
OF NEW YORK
JACOB A. RIIS
EDITED BY SAM B. WARNER, JR.
INTRODUCTION BY ALAN TRACHTENBERG
PAPER $12.95 / £9.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04932-1
NARRATIVE OF THE LIFE OF FREDERICK
DOUGLASS: AN AMERICAN SLAVE,
WRITTEN BY HIMSELF
INTRODUCTION BY
ROBERT B. STEPTO
PAPER $7.95 / £5.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03401-3
THE COMMON LAW
OLIVER WENDELL HOLMES, JR.
INTRODUCTION BY
G. EDWARD WHITE
PAPER $12.95 / £9.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03402-0
THE WORKS OF ANNE BRADSTREET
EDITED BY JEANNINE HENSLEY
FOREWORD BY ADRIENNE RICH
PAPER $16.95 / £12.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05027-3
THE SCARLET LETTER
NATHANIEL HAWTHORNE
INTRODUCTION BY
MICHAEL J. COLACURCIO
PAPER $9.95 / £7.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03574-4
THE BLITHEDALE ROMANCE
NATHANIEL HAWTHORNE
INTRODUCTION BY
ROBERT S. LEVINE
PAPER $9.95 / £7.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05021-1

THE RED BADGE OF COURAGE
STEPHEN CRANE
EDITED BY PAUL SORRENTINO
PAPER $7.95 / £5.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03399-3

UNCLE TOM’S CABIN
HARRIET BEECHER STOWE
INTRODUCTION BY
DAVID BROMWICH
PAPER $8.95 / £6.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03407-5

JIM CROW, AMERICAN:
SELECTED SONGS AND PLAYS
T. D. RICE
EDITED BY W. T. LHAMON, JR.
PAPER $14.95 / £11.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03593-5

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

THE HOUSE OF THE SEVEN GABLES
NATHANIEL HAWTHORNE
INTRODUCTION BY
DENIS DONOGHUE
PAPER $9.95 / £7.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03575-1

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

107

Children of the
Revolution

Democracy’s Prisoner
Eugene V. Debs, the Great War, and the Right to Dissent

Ernest Freeberg

The French, 1799–1914

Robert Gildea
For those who lived in the wake of
the French Revolution, from the
storming of the Bastille to Napoleon’s
final defeat, its aftermath left a profound wound that no subsequent
king, emperor, or president could
heal. Children of the Revolution follows the ensuing generations who
repeatedly tried and failed to come
up with a stable regime.
“O NE

OF THE CONSIDERABLE

C HILDREN OF THE R EVOLUTION IS
G ILDEA’ S EYE FOR AN INDIVIDUAL EXAMPLE ,
ANECDOTE OR APHORISM , COMBINED WITH HIS COMPREHENSIVE
KNOWLEDGE OF THE LITERATURE OF NINETEENTH - CENTURY F RANCE .”
STRENGTHS OF

—R UTH S CURR , T HE N ATION
“W ITH

PENETRATION AND STYLE ,

[G ILDEA ]

PAINTS A COMPLEX

PORTRAIT OF A SOCIETY GEOGRAPHICALLY AND TEMPERAMENTALLY
DIVIDED, CONSTANTLY AT WAR WITH ITSELF, YET MANAGING TO FORGE
A COHESIVE NATIONAL IDENTITY AT HOME AND ABROAD .”

ALL ,

[G ILDEA ]

In 1920, socialist leader Eugene V.
Debs ran for president while serving a ten-year jail term for speaking
against America’s role in World War
I. Though many called Debs a traitor, others praised him as a prisoner
of conscience, a martyr to the cause
of free speech. Ernest Freeberg
shows that the campaign to send Debs from an Atlanta jailhouse
to the White House was part of a wider national debate over the
right to free speech in wartime.
“I F HISTORY IS WHAT THE PRESENT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT THE PAST,
D EMOCRACY ’ S P RISONER IS TEEMING WITH LESSONS . B UT ABOVE ALL ,
IT ’ S THE STORY OF ONE EXTRAORDINARY MAN ’ S SHOWDOWN WITH THE
ESTABLISHMENT— AND HOW THAT CONFRONTATION TURNED INTO A
COMPLEX POLITICAL STRUGGLE WHOSE OUTCOME WAS UP FOR GRABS .”

“T HIS
SUCCEEDS IN ONE CENTRAL TASK : SHOWING

JUST HOW SURPRISINGLY LIVABLE AND CREATIVE

F RANCE WAS

DURING

FASCINATING BOOK ABOUT

[D EBS ’ S ]

CLIMACTIC LAST YEARS

MAKES CLEAR THAT HE REALLY MATTERED . I N BOTH POLITICAL AND
LEGAL WAYS HE PLAYED A SIGNIFICANT PART IN REDUCING

THIS GOLDEN CENTURY- LONG INTERVAL BETWEEN TWO MOMENTS OF

INTOLERANCE OF DISSENT IN THIS COUNTRY, AND BRINGING TO LIFE

HORROR .”

THE

R O B E R T G I L D E A is Professor of Modern History at the
University of Oxford, and the author of M a r i a n n e i n
Chai n s, winner of the Wolfson Prize for history.
CLOTH: SEPTEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03209-5 |
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 7 MAPS, 43 HALFTONES | 576 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05724-1 | $22.95 * / USA |
HISTORY

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

F IRST A MENDMENT ’ S

GUARANTEE OF FREE SPEECH .”

—A NTHONY L EWIS , N EW YORK R EVIEW OF B OOKS

—D AVID A. B ELL , N EW R EPUBLIC

108

F INALIST, LOS A NGELES T IMES
B OOK P RIZE

—P ETER R ICHARDSON , LOS A NGELES T IMES B OOK R EVIEW

—T HE ATLANTIC
“A BOVE

W INNER OF THE
D AVID J. L ANGUM , S R . P RIZE
IN A MERICAN L EGAL H ISTORY

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

E R N E S T F R E E B E R G is Associate Professor of History at

the University of Tennessee.
CLOTH: MAY 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-02792-3 |
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 17 HALFTONES | 392 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05720-3 | $18.95 * (£14.95 UK) |
HISTORY

p re s s

The Quest for
Democracy in Iran

The Early Chinese
Empires

A Century of Struggle against Authoritarian Rule

Qin and Han

Fakhreddin Azimi

Mark Edward Lewis

W INNER

OF THE

T HE H ISTORY OF I MPERIAL C HINA S ERIES
T IMOTHY B ROOK , G ENERAL E DITOR

2010 M OSSADEGH P RIZE

The Constitutional Revolution of 1906 launched Iran as a pioneer in a broad-based movement to establish democratic rule in
the non-Western world. In a book that provides essential context
for understanding modern Iran, Fakhreddin Azimi traces a
century of struggle for the establishment of representative
government.
“F OR A ZIMI ,

ALL I RANIAN HISTORY AFTER

1905

IS AN ATTEMPT TO

FULFILL , PARTIALLY ACCOMMODATE OR CIRCUMVENT THE IDEALS OF A

In this first book in a six-volume series, we
are present at the creation of an ancient
imperial order whose major features would
endure for two millennia. The Early Chinese Empires illuminates many formative
events in China’s long history of imperialism—events whose residual influence can
still be discerned today.

CONSTITUTIONAL MOVEMENT THAT PLACED POPULAR REPRESENTATION
AT THE FORE OF ITS PRIORITIES .

H E TRACES

“T HIS

HOW AT VARIOUS

SIX - VOLUME SERIES [ COVERS ] THE RISE ,

MOMENTS PUBLIC ALIENATION AND RESENTMENT HAVE BEEN

DEVELOPMENT, AND DECLINE OF DYNASTIC

ARTICULATED OR EXPRESSED AND FINALLY, HOW ‘A CULTURE OF

C HINA

CONFRONTATION ’ EMERGED .

THROUGH THE EARLY

RECUPERATING A HISTORY

OPENING VOLUME BY

H IS BOOK GOES A LONG WAY TOWARD
OF I RANIAN DEMOCRACY THAT HAS BEEN

O RIENTALISTS WHO WONDER ALOUD IF THERE IS
M USLIM LANDS THAT MAKES THEM INHOSPITABLE
TO DEMOCRACY OR , ALTERNATIVELY, THOSE WHO HAVE DISMISSED
PERIODS OF HECTIC PARLIAMENTARY ACTIVITY AS MERE CHAOS .”

FROM THE SECOND CENTURY B . C . E .

20 TH CENTURY…T HIS
L EWIS FORETELLS THAT

EXPUNGED BY

THE SERIES WILL BECOME THE NEW GOLD

SOMETHING ABOUT

STANDARD .”

—C HARLES W. H AYFORD,
L IBRARY J OURNAL ( STARRED

REVIEW )

—N EGAR A ZIMI , T HE N ATION
“M ARK L EWIS ’ S
“T HE Q UEST FOR D EMOCRACY IN I RAN IS PARTICULARLY STRONG ON
RETRIEVING THE IMPORTANCE OF THE C ONSTITUTIONAL R EVOLUTION
AND THREADING IT THROUGH TO THE I SLAMIC R EPUBLIC ’ S CURRENT
DIALECTIC BETWEEN REPUBLICANISM AND THEOCRACY.”

MIND - OPENING AND READABLE

BOOK REMINDS US OF THE ENDURING BUT
CHANGING REALITIES OF

C HINA .”

—J ONATHAN M IRSKY,
T IMES L ITERARY S UPPLEMENT

—D AVID G ARDNER , F INANCIAL T IMES
M A R K E D WA R D L E W I S is Kwoh-Ting Li Professor in
FA K H R E D D I N A Z I M I is Professor of History at the

University of Connecticut.
CLOTH: APRIL 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-02778-7 |
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 20 HALFTONES | 512 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05706-7 | $19.95 * (£14.95 UK) |
HISTORY

Chinese Culture, Stanford University. He is the author of
C h i n a b e t we e n E m p i re s : Th e No r t h e r n a n d S o u t h e r n
D y n a s t i e s and C h i n a’s Co s m o p o l i ta n E m p i re : Th e Ta n g
D y n a s t y (both from Harvard).
BELKNAP PRESS | HISTORY OF IMPERIAL CHINA 1 |
CLOTH: APRIL 2007 / ISBN 978-0-674-02477-9 |
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 23 HALFTONES, 16 MAPS | 336 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05734-0 | $18.95 * (£14.95 UK) |
HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

109

Fresh

Addiction

A Perishable History

A Disorder of Choice

Susanne Freidberg

Gene M. Heyman

That rosy tomato perched on your plate in
December is at the end of a great journey—
not just over land and sea, but across a vast
and varied cultural history. This is the territory charted in Fresh.

In a book sure to inspire controversy, Gene Heyman argues that
conventional wisdom about addiction—that it is a disease, a
compulsion beyond conscious control—is wrong. Drawing on
psychiatric epidemiology, addicts’ autobiographies, treatment
studies, and advances in behavioral economics, Heyman makes
a powerful case that addiction is voluntary.

“A DIETARY- CUM - SOCIAL HISTORY OF THE
M ARK K URLANSKY /M ICHAEL P OLLAN SORT,
THIS SMART, SWEEPING , AND TIMELY VOLUME —

MALEVOLENT ACT OF WILL ( TO BE PUNISHED ) AND A MEDICAL

APPEARING AT A MOMENT WHEN BUYING

PROFESSION THAT TREATS IT AS AN UNFORTUNATE DISEASE ( TO BE

“W E

HAVE A JUSTICE SYSTEM THAT TREATS DRUG USE AS A

LOCALLY AND EATING ORGANICALLY ARE

CURED ).

FASHIONABLY RESPONSIBLE QUESTS —

FELLOW MEDICAL PROFESSIONALS …T HIS IS A RICH BOOK THAT

CONSIDERS THE CONUNDRUMS OF INDUSTRIAL

REVERBERATES FAR BEYOND THE FIELD OF ADDICTION STUDIES .

FRESHNESS …C OLD STORAGE ,

F REIDBERG
ARGUES , HAS ALTERED TASTES , DAMAGED THE
ENVIRONMENT, HURT THE CONSUMER , AND
HELPED FACILITATE THE LESS -THAN - SALUTARY
SHIFT FROM LOCALISM TO GLOBALISM …F OOD,
TRULY, FOR THOUGHT.”

W HO

ATTENTIVE

READERS WILL FIND IN IT LESSONS ABOUT DEBT- FINANCED

CONSUMERISM , ENVIRONMENTAL SPOLIATION AND THE WHOLE , VAST
RANGE OF SELF - DESTRUCTIVE BEHAVIOR THAT WE ENGAGE IN OUT OF
SELF - INTEREST.”

—C HRISTOPHER C ALDWELL , F INANCIAL T IMES
“D RAWING

—T HE ATLANTIC

IS RIGHT ?…[H EYMAN ] ARGUES THAT IT IS NOT HIS

FROM BEHAVIORAL ECONOMICS ,

H EYMAN

SHOWS HOW

THE FAILURE TO SACRIFICE SHORT-TERM GAINS ( GETTING HIGH ) FOR

“A

FASCINATING PICTURE OF OUR CHANGING

VIEWS OF PERISHABLE FOOD …I T IS THE
HISTORICAL DETAIL OF

F RESH THAT THROWS

CONSUMER CULTURE , AND HOW IMPORTANT A PERSON ’ S SOCIAL
SO

CONTEXT IS TO REINING IN THE PENCHANT FOR PLEASURE …H IS

MUCH LIGHT ON WHY WE NOW EAT THE WAY WE

APPROACH IS REFRESHING , AVOIDING FALSE DILEMMAS ABOUT FREE

DO…F REIDBERG WRITES ELEGANTLY AND GOES

WILL AND BIOLOGICAL DETERMINISM .”

BEYOND THE TECHNICAL TO DRAW OUT THIS
PARADOX AT THE HEART OF TODAY ’ S CULTURE
OF CONSUMPTION .”

S U S A N N E F R E I D B E R G is Associate Professor of
Geography at Dartmouth College.
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: APRIL 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03291-0 |
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 28 HALFTONES | 416 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05722-7 | $17.95 * (£13.95 UK) |
CURRENT AFFAIRS

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

—G ARY G REENBERG , N EW S CIENTIST
G E N E M . H E Y M A N is a research psychologist and a

—F ELICITY L AWRENCE , T HE G UARDIAN

110

LONG -TERM GAINS ( SOBRIETY- AIDED PRODUCTIVITY ) IS ENDEMIC TO A

u n i ve r s i t y

Lecturer in Psychology at Harvard Medical School.
CLOTH: JUNE 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03298-9 |
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 20 LINE ILLUS. | 216 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05727-2 | $17.95 * (£13.95 UK) |
PSYCHOLOGY / MEDICINE

p re s s

How Professors Think
Inside the Curious World of Academic Judgment

Michèle Lamont
In the academic evaluation system known as “peer review,”
highly respected professors pass judgment, usually confidentially,
on the work of others. But only those present in the deliberative
chambers know exactly what is said. Michèle Lamont observed
deliberations for fellowships and research grants, and interviewed panel members at length. In How Professors Think, she
reveals what she discovered about this secretive, powerful, peculiar world.
“T HIS

FAIR - MINDED AND READER - FRIENDLY BOOK MIGHT JUST HELP

PRODUCE THE TRUST, RESPECT, AND TOLERANCE NECESSARY FOR
ACADEMIC COMMUNITY.

BY

OF QUALITY AMONG THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES ,

M ICHÈLE

SHOWS THAT ACADEMIC CULTURE , FAR FROM BEING A

HIERARCHY DECLINING FROM SUPPOSEDLY MORE ‘ RIGOROUS ’ AND
DEMANDING DISCIPLINES TO THOSE LESS SO , IS CONSTITUTED OF
MANY DIFFERENT EXCELLENCIES .”

—T HOMAS B ENDER ,
“A LL THE

Elizabeth S. Scott and
Laurence Steinberg
S OCIAL P OLICY B EST AUTHORED B OOK AWARD,
S OCIETY FOR R ESEARCH ON A DOLESCENTS

What should we do with teenagers who commit crimes? “Adult time for adult crime” has
been the justice system’s mantra for the last
twenty years. But locking up so many young
people puts a strain on state budgets—and
ironically, the evidence suggests it ultimately
increases crime.

CLOSELY EXAMINING SCHOLARLY

EVALUATION AND IDENTIFYING DISTINCTIVE DISCIPLINARY DEFINITIONS

L AMONT

Rethinking
Juvenile Justice

AUTHOR OF I NTELLECT AND

“W HAT

MAKES [ THIS ] BOOK SO VALUABLE IS

THAT IT CAN BE RELIED UPON BY JUDGES ,
LEGISLATURES , LAWYERS , AND POLICYMAKERS TO
ENHANCE THE SOPHISTICATION WITH WHICH THEY
CONSIDER THE VERY ISSUES THAT THEY ARE
CURRENTLY BEING CALLED ON TO DECIDE …

P UBLIC L IFE

DEANS AND PROVOSTS WHO FRET ABOUT THEIR RANKINGS

AND GRANT MONEY SHOULD READ THIS FIRST- HAND ACCOUNT OF HOW
SCHOLARS AND SOCIAL SCIENTISTS ARE EVALUATED IN PRACTICE .”

—B RUNO L ATOUR , AUTHOR OF P OLITICS OF N ATURE : H OW TO
B RING THE S CIENCES INTO D EMOCRACY
M I C H È L E L A M O N T is Robert I. Goldman Professor of
European Studies and Professor of Sociology and African and
African American Studies, and Senior Adviser on Faculty
Development and Diversity, Faculty of Arts and Sciences at
Harvard University.
CLOTH: MARCH 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03266-8 |
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 1 LINE ILLUS., 9 TABLES | 336 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05733-3 | $17.95 * (£13.95 UK) |
EDUCATION / SOCIOLOGY

L AWMAKERS ALREADY LOOK TO S COTT AND
S TEINBERG ’ S EARLIER WORK WHEN THEY ADDRESS
HOW THE LAW SHOULD RESPOND TO JUVENILE
CRIME , AND THIS BOOK SHOULD ONLY ENHANCE
THE SOPHISTICATION OF THOSE LAWMAKING
EFFORTS .”

—E MILY B USS ,
U NIVERSITY OF C HICAGO L AW R EVIEW
“T HIS

IS A BOOK THAT EVERYONE SHOULD READ .”

—LUCY S. M CG OUGH , L AW AND P OLITICS B OOK R EVIEW
E L I Z A B E T H S . S C O T T is Harold R. Medina Professor of
Law at Columbia University. L A U R E N C E S T E I N B E R G is
Distinguished University Professor of Psychology at Temple
University.
CLOTH: SEPTEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03086-2 |
SEPTEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 384 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05746-3 | $18.95 * (£14.95 UK) |
LAW / PSYCHOLOGY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

111

Mind in Life

The Tinkerer’s
Accomplice

Biology, Phenomenology, and the Sciences of Mind

Evan Thompson

How Design Emerges from Life Itself

J. Scott Turner

H ONORABLE M ENTION , C ANADIAN
P HILOSOPHICAL A SSOCIATION AWARDS

How is life related to the mind? The question has long confounded philosophers and
scientists, and it is this so-called explanatory
gap between biological life and consciousness that Evan Thompson explores in Mind
in Life.
“T HIS

IS A HIGHLY IMPRESSIVE WORK , OF

CONSIDERABLE SCOPE , IMPORTANCE , AND

Most people, when they contemplate the living world, conclude
that it is a designed place. So it is jarring when biologists come
along and say this is all wrong. What most people see as design,
they say—purposeful, directed, even intelligent—is only an illusion, something cooked up in a mind that is eager to see purpose
where none exists. In these days of increasingly assertive challenges to Darwinism, the question becomes acute: is our perception of design simply a mental figment, or is there something
deeper at work?

ORIGINALITY…F OR PHILOSOPHERS OF BIOLOGY,

“I T

AS FOR COGNITIVE SCIENTISTS AND
PHILOSOPHERS OF MIND,
TO BECOME ESSENTIAL

M IND IN L IFE
READING .”

IS SURE

IS FUN TO READ

T URNER ’ S

PROSE , TO LEARN FROM HIM ABOUT

SELF - ORGANIZING SYSTEMS AND THEIR ENORMOUS SIGNIFICANCE IN
EVOLUTION , AND TO THINK THROUGH HIS ARGUMENTS , WITH ALL
THEIR ACCOMPANYING INTELLECTUAL CHALLENGES .

—J OHN C. WALLER , I SIS

T HIS

IMPORTANT

BOOK IS FOR THOSE WHO SEARCH FOR AN UNDERSTANDING OF THE

“O NE

OF THE RICHEST CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE

STUDY OF ‘ MIND IN LIFE ’ IN RECENT YEARS . I T

VARIOUS FORMS THAT LIFE CAN TAKE AND OF HOW LIFE WORKS .”

—C LAUS W EDEKIND, N ATURE

DESERVES TO BECOME A MAJOR WORK OF
REFERENCE AND INSPIRATION FOR RESEARCH IN

“A SSURING

THE IMMEDIATE FUTURE AND , INDEED, FOR

NOR SLIPPING A DISGUISE OVER SO - CALLED INTELLIGENT DESIGN ,

MANY YEARS TO COME .”

T URNER

—K EITH A NSELL -P EARSON ,
P HENOMENOLOGY AND THE C OGNITIVE
S CIENCES

READERS THAT HE IS NEITHER CHALLENGING

D ARWINISM

HOLDS THAT BLINDLY OPERATING NATURAL SELECTION DOES

NOT PRECLUDE WHAT HE INTERPRETS AS INTENTIONAL BIOLOGICAL
ACTIVITY…T URNER ’ S THESIS SHOULD GAIN TRACTION WITH THOSE
THINKING AND DEBATING ISSUES IN EVOLUTION .”

—G ILBERT TAYLOR , B OOKLIST
“T HOMPSON

HAS WRITTEN A BOOK THAT FOR

PHILOSOPHERS MAY GIVE A NEW INCENTIVE TO

J . S C O T T T U R N E R is Associate Professor at SUNY

RETHINK AND RECONCEPTUALIZE OUR PLACE IN

College of Environmental Science and Forestry, Syracuse.

THE WORLD THAT SURPASSES DUALISTIC THINKING .”

—TAEDE A. S MEDES , M ETAPSYCHOLOGY
E VA N T H O M P S O N is Professor of Philosophy at the

CLOTH: JANUARY 2007 / ISBN 978-0-674-02353-6 |
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 8 HALFTONES, 31 LINES | 304 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05753-1 | $17.95X (£13.95 UK) |
SCIENCE

University of Toronto.
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: APRIL 2007 / ISBN 978-0-674-02511-0 |
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 8 COLOR ILLUS., 12 LINE ILLUS., 2 TABLES |
568 PP. | PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05751-7 | $24.95 * (£18.95 UK) |
PHILOSOPHY

112

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

China Marches West

Moral Dimensions

The Qing Conquest of Central Eurasia

Permissibility, Meaning, Blame

Peter C. Perdue

T. M. Scanlon

W INNER OF THE A SSOCIATION FOR A SIAN S TUDIES C HINA AND
I NNER A SIA COUNCIL L EVENSON P RIZE FOR B OOKS IN C HINESE
S TUDIES , P RE -1900 C ATEGORY

From about 1600 to 1800, the Qing empire of China expanded
to unprecedented size. Through astute diplomacy, economic
investment, and a series of ambitious military campaigns into
the heart of Central Eurasia, the Manchu rulers defeated the
Zunghar Mongols and brought all of modern Xinjiang and Mongolia under their control, while gaining dominant influence in
Tibet. The China we know is a product of these vast conquests.
“I N THIS MASSIVE AND BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED VOLUME , P ETER C.
P ERDUE HAS PRODUCED THE FIRST BROAD SURVEY IN A W ESTERN
LANGUAGE IN VIRTUALLY A CENTURY OF THE Q ING DYNASTY ’ S
PROTRACTED WARS AGAINST THE Z UNGHARS …A S AN ACCOUNT OF
HOW C HINA DEFEATED THE Z UNGHARS AND HOW THE Q ING DYNASTY
SECURED ITS CONQUEST OF THE EASTERN PART OF C ENTRAL E URASIA ,
THIS GROUND - BREAKING BOOK WILL BE READ BY BOTH SPECIALISTS
EVALUATING THE ARGUMENTS AND BY STUDENTS NEEDING AN

“T HE

FIRST HALF OF THE BOOK , ON

PERMISSIBILITY AND MEANING , AMOUNTS TO
MASTERFUL AND INSIGHTFUL PHILOSOPHICAL
HOUSEKEEPING .

T HE

SECOND HALF IS

REVOLUTIONARY IN THE WAYS IT TELLS US TO
THINK ABOUT BLAME .”

—A LLAN G IBBARD,
LONDON R EVIEW OF B OOKS
“S CANLON

EXAMINES THE PERMISSIBILITY OF

ACTIONS AND THE EVALUATIONS OF ACTORS ,
WITH A NEW ACCOUNT OF BOTH THE INITIAL —
AND AS HE SEES IT, ILLUSORY— ATTRACTION OF
THE ‘ DOCTRINE OF DOUBLE EFFECT.’

HE

ARGUES

THAT THE ILLUSION STEMS FROM CONFUSION

INTRODUCTION TO THIS IMPORTANT TOPIC .”

BETWEEN TWO TYPES OF MORAL JUDGMENT,

—C HRISTOPHER P. ATWOOD,
A MERICAN H ISTORICAL R EVIEW
“P ERDUE

In a clear and elegant style, T. M. Scanlon
reframes current philosophical debates as he
explores the moral permissibility of an
action.

WHICH APPLY PRINCIPLES IN WHAT

S CANLON

TERMS EITHER ‘ CRITICAL’ OR ‘ DELIBERATIVE ’
USES .

SUCCEEDS IN GIVING NEW LIFE TO MATTERS THAT HAVE

SUCCUMBED TO STALE CONVENTIONAL THINKING .”

S CANLON

USES THIS DIFFERENCE TO MAKE

AN IMPORTANT NEW DISTINCTION BETWEEN THE
PERMISSIBILITY OF ACTIONS AND THEIR

—LUCIAN P YE , F OREIGN A FFAIRS

MEANING , AND TO DEVELOP ACCOUNTS OF
BLAME ( LINKED TO THE MEANING OF AN ACTION )

P E T E R C . P E R D U E is Professor of History at Yale

University.

AND MORAL RESPONSIBILITY THAT BEAR CLOSE ATTENTION .”

—J. H. B ARKER , C HOICE

BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: APRIL 2005 / ISBN 978-0-674-01684-2 |
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄2 X 9 1⁄2 | 32 BLACK & WHITE ILLUS., 21 HALFTONES,
10 MAPS, 3 LINE ILLUS., 16 TABLES | 752 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05743-2 | $19.95X (£14.95 UK) |
HISTORY

T. M . S C A N L O N is Alford Professor of Natural Religion,

Moral Philosophy, and Civil Polity at Harvard University.
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: SEPTEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03178-4 |
SEPTEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 264 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05745-6 | $17.95X (£13.95 UK) |
PHILOSOPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

113

America’s Geisha Ally

The Reaper’s Garden

Reimagining the Japanese Enemy

Death and Power in the World of Atlantic Slavery

Naoko Shibusawa

Vincent Brown

As the Cold War heated up the U.S. government decided to make Japan its bulwark
against communism in Asia. But how was
the American public made to accept an
alliance with Japan so soon after the “Japs”
had been demonized as subhuman, bucktoothed apes with Coke-bottle glasses? In
this revelatory work, Naoko Shibusawa
charts the remarkable reversal from hated
enemy to valuable ally that occurred in the
two decades after the war.
“A N

ENTERTAINING AND ERUDITE ACCOUNT ( A

RARE COMBINATION !) OF THE EVOLUTION OF

A MERICAN VIEWS OF J APAN IN THE YEARS
J APAN ’ S SURRENDER IN AUGUST
1945…S HIBUSAWA’ S SPARKLING PROSE
MAKES A MERICA’ S G EISHA A LLY A FUN AND
ENLIGHTENING READ.”
FOLLOWING

—K ENNETH J. R UOFF, A SAHI S HIMBUN
“I NGENIOUSLY

COMBINES SOCIAL HISTORY AND

CO - WINNER OF THE M ERLE C URTI AWARD,
O RGANIZATION OF A MERICAN H ISTORIANS
W INNER OF THE J AMES A. R AWLEY P RIZE ,
O RGANIZATION OF A MERICAN H ISTORIANS
W INNER OF THE LOUIS G OTTSCHALK P RIZE ,
A MERICAN S OCIETY FOR E IGHTEENTH -C ENTURY S TUDIES

What did people make of death in the world of Atlantic slavery?
In The Reaper’s Garden, Vincent Brown asks this question about
Jamaica, the staggeringly profitable hub of the British Empire in
America—and a human catastrophe. Popularly known as the
grave of the Europeans, it was just as deadly for Africans and
their descendants. Yet among the survivors, the dead remained
both a vital presence and a social force.
“E NGROSSING …B ROWN ’ S

MAJOR CONCERN IS THE CULTURAL

SIGNIFICANCE OF DEATH IN A LAND MARKED BY HIGH MORTALITY.

H ERE ,

HIS ACCOUNT IS COMPELLING AND HIGHLY ORIGINAL .

HE

IS

ESPECIALLY INTERESTED IN HOW BOTH WHITES AND BLACKS USED
DEATH TO CONTROL THE STRANGE ENVIRONMENT THEY FOUND
THEMSELVES IN .”

—T REVOR B URNARD, T IMES H IGHER E DUCATION S UPPLEMENT

DOMESTIC HISTORY BY DISCUSSING HOW

A MERICAN

CITIZENS CONTRIBUTED TO THE

PROCESS OF INCORPORATING

US- LED

J APAN

INTO THE

LIBERAL CAPITALIST FRAMEWORK IN

THE YEARS IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE

S ECOND

W ORLD WAR .”
—Y UJIN YAGUCHI ,
J OURNAL OF A MERICAN S TUDIES

“B ROWN ’ S T HE R EAPER ' S G ARDEN

IS A PENETRATING AND THOUGHT-

PROVOKING BOOK THAT IS A VALUABLE CONTRIBUTION TO THE STUDY

B RITISH ATLANTIC WORLD. A S
A MERICAN
LIFE , FOR BLACKS AND WHITES , HISTORIANS WILL FIND THAT AFTER
READING B ROWN ’ S BOOK , THEY MAY NEVER LOOK AT THE WORLD OF
COLONIAL B RITISH A MERICA THE SAME WAY AGAIN .”
OF EARLY

A MERICA

AND THE

MORTALITY WAS A CENTRAL FACT THROUGHOUT COLONIAL

—W. B RYAN R OMMEL -R UIZ , C OMMON -P LACE
N A O K O S H I B U S AWA is Assistant Professor of History
V I N C E N T B R O W N is Professor of History and of African
and African American Studies at Harvard University.

at Brown University.
CLOTH: DECEMBER 2006 / ISBN 978-0-674-02348-2 |
SEPTEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 11 HALFTONES | 408 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05747-0 | $19.95X (£14.95 UK) |
HISTORY

114

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

CLOTH: FEBRUARY 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-02422-9 |
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 18 HALFTONES, 6 MAPS/GRAPHS | 368 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05712-8 | $19.95X (£14.95 UK) |
HISTORY

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

Destined for Equality

Minerva’s Owl

The Inevitable Rise of Women’s Status

The Tradition of Western Political Thought

Robert Max Jackson

Jeffrey Abramson

H ONORABLE M ENTION , A SSOCIATION OF A MERICAN P UBLISHERS
P ROFESSIONAL /S CHOLARLY P UBLISHING A NNUAL AWARD

This volume, the first integrated analysis of gender inequality’s
modern decline, tells the story of that progressive movement
toward equality over the past two centuries in America, showing that women’s status has risen consistently and continuously.
As economic power has migrated into large-scale organizations
inherently indifferent to gender distinctions, the patriarchal
model has lost its social and cultural sway, and women’s continual efforts to rise in the world became more successful.
“N O

ONE INTERESTED IN STATUS - BASED INEQUALITIES ( FOR EXAMPLE ,

GENDER , RACE , ETHNICITY ) CAN AFFORD TO IGNORE THIS BOOK .”

—J ANET S ALTZMAN C HAFETZ , A MERICAN ACADEMY OF P OLITICAL
AND S OCIAL S CIENCE A NNALS
“T HIS

AMBITIOUS BOOK DESERVES WIDE READERSHIP.

This book serves as a lively and accessible guide for readers discovering the tradition of political thought that dates back
to Socrates and Plato. Jeffrey Abramson
argues politics with the classic writers
and draws the reader into a spirited conversation with contemporary examples
that illustrate the enduring nature of
political dilemmas. As the discussions
deepen, the voices of Abramson’s own
teachers and of the students he has
taught enter into the mix; and the book
becomes a tribute not just to the great
philosophers but also to the special bond
between teacher and student.

O NE DOES NOT
J ACKSON THAT WOMEN WERE , AS THE TITLE
SUGGESTS , ‘ DESTINED FOR EQUALITY ’ TO APPRECIATE THE

OF TEACHING POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY…T HIS BOOK CONSISTS OF

FORCE OF HIS ARGUMENT AND THE CRISP AND

THINKERS AND THEIR WORKS .”

HAVE TO AGREE WITH

CLEAR MANNER IN WHICH HE PRESENTS IT.”

—D ENNIS A. D ESLIPPE ,
J OURNAL OF A MERICAN H ISTORY

“A BRAMSON

BESTOWS UPON READERS THE BENEFIT OF HIS DECADES

STRAIGHTFORWARD AND LUCID EXPLORATIONS OF THE CANONICAL

—S TEVEN C HABOT, L IBRARY J OURNAL
“[A BRAMSON ]

GIVES US A WONDERFULLY ACCESSIBLE SURVEY OF

THE ENTIRE FIELD OF

R O B E R T M A X J A C K S O N is

Associate Professor of Sociology at
New York University.
CLOTH: 1998 / ISBN 978-0-674-05511-7 |
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 |
11 LINE ILLUS., 1 TABLE | 336 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05728-9 |
$22.95X (£16.95 UK) |
SOCIOLOGY

W ESTERN

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY.

H IS

BOOK

IS NOT ONLY A FINE INTRODUCTION FOR BEGINNERS , BUT ALSO
AN ERUDITE , NONPARTISAN CONSIDERATION FOR THOSE WHO
MAY BE MORE CONVERSANT WITH THE LITERATURE .

T HERE

IS

SOMETHING TO THINK ABOUT ON EVERY PAGE .”

—R OGER G ATHMAN , AUSTIN A MERICAN -S TATESMAN
J E F F R E Y A B R A M S O N is Professor of Government
and Law and Fellow of the Frank C. Erwin, Jr. Centennial
Chair in Government, University of Texas at Austin.
CLOTH: APRIL 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03265-1 |
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 400 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05702-9 | $18.95X (£14.95 UK) |
PHILOSOPHY / POLITICS

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

115

The Selma of
the North

“A WELL - RESEARCHED
IN

M ILWAUKEE WHICH SHOULD
N ORTHERN CITIES .”

—R ON B RILEY, H ISTORY N EWS N ETWORK

Patrick D. Jones

“S ELMA OF THE N ORTH

A C HOICE O UTSTANDING A CADEMIC T ITLE
CO -W INNER OF THE G AMBRINUS P RIZE ,
M ILWAUKEE COUNTY H ISTORICAL S OCIETY

Between 1958 and 1970, a distinctive
movement for racial justice emerged from
unique circumstances in Milwaukee. A
series of local leaders inspired growing numbers of people to participate in campaigns
against employment and housing discrimination, segregated public schools, the membership of public officials in discriminatory
organizations, welfare cuts, and police brutality. Patrick Jones tells a powerful and dramatic story that is important for its insights
into civil rights history.

116

Prefaces to Shakespeare
Tony Tanner
Belknap 2010 848 pp.
Cloth $39.95* / £29.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05137-9

PROVE A MODEL FOR INVESTIGATIONS

OF OTHER

Civil Rights Insurgency in Milwaukee

The Nesting Season
Bernd Heinrich
Belknap 2010 404 pp.
Cloth $29.95 / £22.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04877-5

AND FASCINATING NARRATIVE …J ONES HAS

PRODUCED AN OUTSTANDING STUDY OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS MOVEMENT

IS A SOLID ENTRY INTO THE EXPANDING

BOOKSHELF ON CIVIL RIGHTS ACTIVISM IN THE
WHAT

J ONES

N ORTH ,

OFFERING

RIGHTLY CALLS ‘ANOTHER TILE TO THE MOSAIC ’ OF

STUDIES ABOUT THE STRUGGLE FOR RACIAL JUSTICE IN THE
TWENTIETH CENTURY.”

—A MANDA I. S ELIGMAN , H-N ET
“A RIVETING NEW STORY OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS MOVEMENT IN
A MERICA , A TALE ON PAR WITH S ELMA , B IRMINGHAM , AND
M ONTGOMERY IN ITS POWER AND IMPORTANCE . T HIS STORY
TRANSCENDS EASY DICHOTOMIES OF BLACK AND WHITE , N ORTH
AND S OUTH , RADICAL AND REFORMIST.”
—T IMOTHY B. T YSON ,

AUTHOR OF

B LOOD D ONE S IGN M Y N AME

PAT R I C K D . J O N E S is Assistant Professor of History and

Ethnic Studies, University of Nebraska.
CLOTH: FEBRUARY 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03135-7 | SEPTEMBER |
6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 19 HALFTONES, 1 MAP | 360 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05729-6 | $22.95X (£16.95 UK) | HISTORY

The Book That Changed Europe
Lynn Hunt, Margaret C. Jacob,
and Wijnand Mijnhardt
Belknap 2010 400 pp.
Cloth $32.95 / £24.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04928-4

Habeas Corpus
Paul D. Halliday
Belknap 2010 512 pp.
Cloth $39.95 / £29.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04901-7

Duel at Dawn
Amir Alexander
New Histories of Science,
Technology, and Medicine
2010 320 pp.
Cloth $28.95 / £21.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04661-0

The Crisis of
Capitalist Democracy
Richard A. Posner
2010 408 pp.
Cloth $25.95 / £19.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05574-2

Opium
Pierre-Arnaud Chouvy
2010 272 pp.
Cloth $27.95 / NA
ISBN 978-0-674-05134-8

A New Literary History
of America
Edited by Greil Marcus
and Werner Sollors
Belknap 2009 1128 pp.
Cloth $49.95 / £36.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03594-2

The Last Tortoise
Craig B. Stanford
Belknap 2010 240 pp.
Cloth $23.95 / £17.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04992-5

We Ain’t What We Ought To Be
Stephen Tuck
Belknap 2010 528 pp.
Cloth $29.95 / £22.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03626-0

Saturday Is for Funerals
Unity Dow and Max Essex
2010 240 pp.
Cloth $19.95 / £14.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05077-8

Confederate Reckoning
Stephanie McCurry
2010 456 pp.
Cloth $35.00 / £25.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04589-7

Myths about Suicide
Thomas Joiner
2010 304 pp.
Cloth $25.95 / £19.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04822-5

Bilingual
François Grosjean
2010 304 pp.
Cloth $25.95 / £19.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04887-4

An Anthology of
Modern Irish Poetry
Edited by Wes Davis
Belknap 2010 1024 pp.
Cloth $35.00 / £21.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04951-2

The Parthenon, Revised Edition
Mary Beard
Wonders of the World
2010 204 pp.
Paper $14.95 / NA
ISBN 978-0-674-05563-6

Pope and Devil
Hubert Wolf
Belknap 2010 336 pp.
Cloth $29.95 / £22.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05081-5

Network Nation
Richard R. John
Belknap 2010 528 pp.
Cloth $39.95* / £29.95
ISBN 978-0-674-02429-8

Playing the Numbers
Shane White,
Stephen Garton,
Stephen Robertson,
and Graham White
2010 320 pp.
Cloth $26.95 / £19.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05107-2

The Spirit of the Law
Sarah Barringer Gordon
Belknap
2010 352 pp.
Cloth $29.95 / £22.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04654-2

117

118

The Art of the Sonnet
Stephen Burt and David Mikics
Belknap 2010 464 pp.
Cloth $35.00 / £25.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04814-0

Setting Down
the Sacred Past
Laurie F. Maffly-Kipp
Belknap 2010 352 pp.
Cloth $29.95 / £22.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05079-2

The Shock of the Global
Edited by Niall Ferguson,
Charles S. Maier, Erez Manela,
and Daniel Sargent
Belknap 2010 448 pp.
Cloth $29.95 / £22.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04904-8

The Evolution of Childhood
Melvin Konner
Belknap 2010 960 pp.
Cloth $39.95 / £29.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04566-8

A Home Elsewhere
Robert B. Stepto
The W. E. B. Du Bois Lectures
2010 192 pp.
Cloth $22.95 / £16.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05096-9

Moses Montefiore
Abigail Green
Belknap 2010 560 pp.
Cloth $35.00 / £24.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04880-5

Selected Poems of
Frederick Goddard Tuckerman
Edited by Ben Mazer
Belknap 2010 240 pp.
Cloth $19.95 / £14.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05048-8

A Swindler’s Progress
Kirsten McKenzie
2010 368 pp.
Cloth $29.95 / £22.95 OANZ
ISBN 978-0-674-05278-9

The Idea of Justice
Amartya Sen
Belknap 2009 496 pp.
Cloth $29.95 / NA
ISBN 978-0-674-03613-0

The Hebrew Republic
Eric Nelson
2010 240 pp.
Cloth $27.95* / £20.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05058-7

The Grand Strategy of the
Byzantine Empire
Belknap 2009 512 pp.
Cloth $35.00 / £25.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03519-5

Prayers of the Faithful
James P. McCartin
2010 240 pp.
Cloth $25.95 / £19.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04913-0

Muhammad and the Believers
Fred M. Donner
Belknap 2010 304 pp.
Cloth $25.95 / £19.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05097-6

The Thirty Years War
Peter H. Wilson
Belknap 2009 1040 pp.
Cloth $35.00 / USA
ISBN 978-0-674-03634-5

Saving Schools
Paul E. Peterson
Belknap 2010 336 pp.
Cloth $25.95 / £19.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05011-2

‘Dividing the Realm in Order to Govern’, 85
“I have always loved the Holy Tongue”, 25
Abramson, Minerva’s Owl, 115
Ackerman, Decline and Fall of the American…, 11
Adams, My Dearest Friend, 97
Addiction, 110
Advertising Empire, 66
Age of Fracture, 12
Ali, Marriage and Slavery in Early Islam, 72
America’s Geisha Ally, 114
American Art at Dumbarton Oaks, 80
Amphitryon. The Comedy of Asses…, 70
Ancestral Memory in Early China, 83
Anderson, Place in Public, 87
Arc of the Moral Universe and Other Essays, 62
Arenson, Great Heart of the Republic, 60
Arthur Miller, 100
Arundel Lyrics. The Poems of Hugh Primas, 45
Athenaeus, Learned Banqueters, 71
Augustine and Spinoza, 72
Austen, Pride and Prejudice, 6
Azimi, Quest for Democracy in Iran, 109
Baker, 50 Most Extreme Places in Our Solar…, 20
Bayly, Forgotten Wars, 105
Beowulf Manuscript, 45
Berlin-Baghdad Express, 10
Beyond Terror and Martyrdom, 105
Bigsby, Arthur Miller, 100
Bindman, Image of the Black in Western Art, 18
Blanning, Triumph of Music, 102
Blatman, Death Marches, 24
Boccaccio, Genealogy of the Pagan Gods, 58
Boon, In Praise of Copying, 15
Bornstein, Colors of Zion, 38
Bossert, Consistency, Choice, and Rationality, 76
Bowd, Venice’s Most Loyal City, 65
Boyd, On the Origin of Stories, 104
Brain Storm, 43
Brakke, Gnostics, 69
Brands, Latin America’s Cold War, 50
Brashier, Ancestral Memory in Early China, 83
Brown, Reaper’s Garden, 114
Building Cities, 94
C. P. Cavafy: Poems, 92
Capitalizing on Crisis, 68
Carder, American Art at Dumbarton Oaks, 80
Carder, Home of the Humanities, 80
Cavafy, C. P. Cavafy: Poems, 92
Charpin, Reading and Writing in Babylon, 40
Chen, Poetics of Sovereignty, 84
Children of the Revolution, 108
China Marches West, 113
Chu, Do Metaphors Dream of Literal Sleep?, 63
Ciarlo, Advertising Empire, 66
Classical Tradition, 13
Claussen, Theodor W. Adorno, 101
Cohen, Arc of the Moral Universe and Other…, 62
College Admissions for the 21st Century, 29
Colors of Zion, 38
Common Sense, 106
Conley, Proceedings of the Harvard Celtic…, 96
Consistency, Choice, and Rationality, 76
Constitutional Identity, 77
Constitutional Theocracy, 77
Cooper, Last of the Mohicans, 106
Copan Sculpture Museum, 89
Courtwright, No Right Turn, 30
Cranor, Legally Poisoned, 78
Crisis of Neoliberalism, 76
Cullather, Hungry World, 48
Cultivating Global Citizens, 67
Dabashi, Shi’ism, 14
Dairy Queens, 64
Dante, Vita Nuova, 41
Darnton, Poetry and the Police, 21
Death Marches, 24
Decline and Fall of the American Republic, 11
Democracy’s Prisoner, 108
Denecke, Dynamics of Masters Literature, 83
Desert Kingdom, 42
Destined for Equality, 115

Dialectical Disputations, 59
Dickinson, 4
Dilemmas and Connections, 37
Diversity of Life, 104
Do Metaphors Dream of Literal Sleep?, 63
Doherty, New Geographies, 82
Doueihi, Augustine and Spinoza, 72
Doxiadis, Shackles of Modernity, 93
Dreyfus, Wagner and the Erotic Impulse, 52
Duménil, Crisis of Neoliberalism, 76
Dunbar, How Many Friends Does One Person…, 22
Dunn, Roosevelt’s Purge, 9
Dworkin, Justice for Hedgehogs, 1
Dynamics of Masters Literature, 83
Early Byzantine Pilgrimage Art, 79
Early Chinese Empires, 109
Ecologies of Human Flourishing, 92
Eden on the Charles, 32
Edgar, Vulgate Bible, 44
Edwards, Lab, 23
End of Arrogance, 16
Epic Rhapsode and His Craft, 91
Evolution of the Human Head, 36
Falconi, Portraits of an Invisible Country, 95
Fash, Copan Sculpture Museum, 89
50 Most Extreme Places in Our Solar System, 20
Forgotten Wars, 105
Foster, Wildlands and Woodlands, 81
Freeberg, Democracy’s Prisoner, 108
Freidberg, Fresh, 110
Fresh, 110
Frost, Seeing Stars, 86
Fugitive Justice, 31
Fulk, Beowulf Manuscript, 45
Galileo Goes to Jail and Other Myths…, 98
Garland, Peculiar Institution, 2
Genealogy of the Pagan Gods, 58
Gildea, Children of the Revolution, 108
Gnostics, 69
God-Fearing and Free, 51
Gonzalez, Epic Rhapsode and His Craft, 91
Grafton,“I have always loved the Holy Tongue”, 25
Grafton, Classical Tradition, 13
Great Heart of the Republic, 60
Great Wall, 46
Greenhalgh, Cultivating Global Citizens, 67
Greeson, Our South, 62
Group Experiment and Other Writings, 65
Grund, Humanist Tragedies, 59
Guernsey, Place of Stone Monuments, 81
Hadrian, 100
Harcourt, Illusion of Free Markets, 57
Healing Spaces, 98
Heart of William James, 27
Hess, Same Thing Over and Over, 54
Heyman, Addiction, 110
Hirschl, Constitutional Theocracy, 77
History of the Arab Peoples, 103
Hollmann, Master of Signs, 90
Home of the Humanities, 80
Homelessness, Housing, and Mental Illness, 68
Horrocks, Johnson After Three Centuries, 95
Hourani, History of the Arab Peoples, 103
How Democracy Works, 94
How Many Friends Does One Person Need?, 22
How Professors Think, 111
Human Dignity, 3
Humanist Tragedies, 59
Hungry World, 48
Illusion of Free Markets, 57
Image of the Black in Western Art, 18
In Praise of Copying, 15
In the Shadow of Sectarianism, 66
Jackson, Destined for Equality, 115
Jackson, Life in a Shell, 73
Jacobsohn, Constitutional Identity, 77
James, Heart of William James, 27
Jazairy, New Geographies, 82
Johnson After Three Centuries, 95
Jones, Desert Kingdom, 42
Jones, Selma of the North, 116

Jordan-Young, Brain Storm, 43
Journey Through the Afterlife, 33
Justice for Hedgehogs, 1
Kang, Sublime Dreams of Living Machines, 61
Kateb, Human Dignity, 3
Kepel, Beyond Terror and Martyrdom, 105
Kleanthes and Habrokome, 93
Kleinberg, Seven Deadly Sins, 102
Kleos in a Minor Key, 90
Koller, Restless Plant, 74
Krippner, Capitalizing on Crisis, 68
Lab, 23
Labaree, Someone Has to Fail, 55
Lamont, How Professors Think, 111
Last of the Mohicans, 106
Last Utopia, 7
Latin America’s Cold War, 50
Learned Banqueters, 71
Legality, 78
Legally Poisoned, 78
Levmore, Offensive Internet, 35
Lewis, Early Chinese Empires, 109
Lieberman, Evolution of the Human Head, 36
Life in a Shell, 73
Lubet, Fugitive Justice, 31
Luft, Total Cure, 99
Macrobius, Saturnalia, 71
Maguire, San Marco, Byzantium, and the…, 79
Manifest in Words, Written on Paper, 84
Manos, Kleanthes and Habrokome, 93
Marriage and Slavery in Early Islam, 72
Martin, Dairy Queens, 64
Martin, Samuel Johnson, 101
Master of Signs, 90
Mauch, Sailor Diplomat, 86
Maynard’s Revenge, 75
McDonough, Arundel Lyrics. The Poems…, 45
McGregor, Paris from the Ground Up, 103
McMeekin, Berlin-Baghdad Express, 10
McNally, What Is Mental Illness?, 28
Mind in Life, 112
Minerva’s Owl, 115
Moche of Ancient Peru, 89
Moral Dimensions, 113
Moreton, To Serve God and Wal-Mart, 99
Mostern,‘Dividing the Realm in Order to Govern’, 85
Moyn, Last Utopia, 7
My Dearest Friend, 97
Naive and the Sentimental Novelist, 5
Near Andersonville, 47
New Geographies, 82
No Right Turn, 30
Nugent, Manifest in Words, Written on Paper, 84
Numbers, Galileo Goes to Jail and Other Myths…, 98
Nusseibeh, What Is a Palestinian State Worth?, 8
Offensive Internet, 35
On the Origin of Stories, 104
Opper, Hadrian, 100
Our South, 62
Paine, Common Sense, 106
Pamuk, Naive and the Sentimental Novelist, 5
Paris from the Ground Up, 103
Peculiar Institution, 2
Pellizzi, RES, 88
Perdue, China Marches West, 113
Perlmutter, Promotion and Tenure Confidential, 56
Petropoulos, Kleos in a Minor Key, 90
Pilgrims of the Vertical, 26
Place in Public, 87
Place of Stone Monuments, 81
Plato’s Counterfeit Sophists, 91
Plautus, Amphitryon. The Comedy of Asses…, 70
Poetics of Sovereignty, 84
Poetry and the Police, 21
Pollock, Group Experiment and Other Writings, 65
Portraits of an Invisible Country, 95
Pride and Prejudice, 6
Proceedings of the Harvard Celtic Colloquium, 96
Promotion and Tenure Confidential, 56
Quest for Democracy in Iran, 109
Quilter, Moche of Ancient Peru, 89

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u

(

Rana, Two Faces of American Freedom, 39
Rawson, Eden on the Charles, 32
Reading and Writing in Babylon, 40
Reaper’s Garden, 114
RES, 88
Reshaping the Work-Family Debate, 49
Restless Plant, 74
Rethinking Juvenile Justice, 111
Rodgers, Age of Fracture, 12
Rojas, Building Cities, 94
Rojas, Great Wall, 46
Roosevelt’s Purge, 9
Safran, Wandering Soul, 17
Sailor Diplomat, 86
Same Thing Over and Over, 54
Samuel Johnson, 101
San Marco, Byzantium, and the Myths of Venice, 79
Saturnalia, 71
Scanlon, Moral Dimensions, 113
Scartascini, How Democracy Works, 94
Schutt, Homelessness, Housing, and Mental Illness, 68
Scott, Rethinking Juvenile Justice, 111
Seeing Patients, 34
Seeing Stars, 86
Selma of the North, 116
Seven Deadly Sins, 102
Shackles of Modernity, 93
Shapiro, Legality, 78
Shi’ism, 14
Shibusawa, America’s Geisha Ally, 114
Someone Has to Fail, 55
Songs of Contentment and Transgression, 85
Sound and Script in Chinese Diaspora, 63
Sternberg, College Admissions for the 21st Century, 29
Sternberg, Healing Spaces, 98
Stevens, God-Fearing and Free, 51
Strangers on the Western Front, 67
Sublime Dreams of Living Machines, 61
Swearer, Ecologies of Human Flourishing, 92
Tan, Songs of Contentment and Transgression, 85
Taylor, Dilemmas and Connections, 37
Taylor, Journey Through the Afterlife, 33
Taylor, Maynard’s Revenge, 75
Taylor, Pilgrims of the Vertical, 26
Technology of Empire, 87
Tell, Plato’s Counterfeit Sophists, 91
Theodor W. Adorno, 101
Thompson, Mind in Life, 112
Tinkerer’s Accomplice, 112
To Serve God and Wal-Mart, 99
Total Cure, 99
Triumph of Music, 102
Tsu, Sound and Script in Chinese Diaspora, 63
Turner, Tinkerer’s Accomplice, 112
Two Faces of American Freedom, 39
Valla, Dialectical Disputations, 59
Vendler, Dickinson, 4
Venice’s Most Loyal City, 65
Vikan, Early Byzantine Pilgrimage Art, 79
Vita Nuova, 41
Vulgate Bible, 44
Wagner and the Erotic Impulse, 52
Wandering Soul, 17
Warren, What Was African American Literature?, 53
Watt, When Empire Comes Home, 88
Weber, End of Arrogance, 16
Weiss, In the Shadow of Sectarianism, 66
What Is Mental Illness?, 28
What Was African American Literature?, 53
What Is a Palestinian State Worth?, 8
When Empire Comes Home, 88
White, Seeing Patients, 34
Wildlands and Woodlands, 81
Williams, Reshaping the Work-Family Debate, 49
Wilson, Diversity of Life, 104
Wood, Near Andersonville, 47
Xu, Strangers on the Western Front, 67
Yang, Technology of Empire, 87

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p ress

119

Domestic orders/inquiries

Sales representation and distribution

Customer Service, Harvard University Press, c/o Triliteral-LLC,
100 Maple Ridge Drive, Cumberland, RI 02864-1769

UNITED STATES OFFICE

In Canada, Harvard University Press books
are sold directly at U.S. discounts. For all territories not covered by the European Office, below,
excluding Australia and New Zealand, orders
should be sent to:

Phone: USA & Canada, 1-800-405-1619; all others, (401) 531-2800
Fax: USA & Canada, 1-800-406-9145; all others, (401) 531-2801
Email orders to: [email protected]
Email inquiries to: [email protected]

Customer Service
Harvard University Press
c/o Triliteral-LLC
100 Maple Ridge Drive
Cumberland, RI 02864-1769

Harvard is a member of PUBNET. SAN: 631-8126
Individuals are urged to order through a bookseller.
Booksellers may order all titles at regular discounts and terms that are published in
the ABA handbook. A discount schedule may be obtained from the Sales Department
at (617) 495-2606.
Bookseller discount codes: Trade discount books: no mark;
academic trade books: *, will be discounted at 40% to all retail and wholesale
customers; text discount books: x, will be discounted at 20% for all retailers
except agency plan members.
Book review editors: Fax requests for review copies to the Publicity Department
at (617) 495-4051 or send requests by email to: [email protected].
Exam copy requests must be submitted on departmental letterhead to the
Customer Service Department. Requests may be faxed to 1-800-406-9145 or
(401) 531-2801 and should include course title and estimated enrollment.
Libraries are urged to order through a wholesaler.
They may also order directly and may choose Harvard’s Standing Order Plan.
Terms: Net 30 days.
Claims: Customer claims involving short shipment or non-delivery must be
communicated to Customer Service within 60 days of invoice date.
Returns: Books must be in resaleable condition. No permission required, but invoice
information must be provided or a penalty discount will be used. No returns accepted
after 18 months.

SALES REPRESENTATION

Susan Donnelly, Director of Sales
Harvard University Press
79 Garden St.
Cambridge, MA 02138
TEL: 617-495-2606 FAX: 617-496-4892
[email protected]
Internet Sales and Electronic Data:
Ms. Vanessa Vinarub
Assistant Sales Director and
Electronic Information Manager
TEL: 617-495-2650 FAX: 617-496-4892
[email protected]
In New York City and Special Sales:
Ms. Briana Ross
TEL: 617-384-7515 FAX: 617-496-4892
[email protected]
In the Midwest and Pacific Northwest:
Mr. John Eklund
TEL: 414-963-4372 FAX: 414-963-4379
[email protected]
In the Southwest and CA:
Ms. Patricia Nelson
TEL: 505-466-1327 FAX: 505-466-1044
[email protected]

Send books prepaid, carefully packed, and marked“Returns”to:
Harvard University Press, Returns, c/o Triliteral-LLC,
100 Maple Ridge Dr., Cumberland, RI 02864-1769.
Canadian customers can send returns to:
Harvard University Press, c/o Georgetown Book Warehouse,
34 Armstrong Ave., Georgetown, Ontario L7G 4R9, Canada.
Area sales restrictions
NA
For sale in North America only
COBE
Not for sale in United Kingdom and Commonwealth
(except Canada)
COBEE
Not for sale in United Kingdom, Commonwealth, and Europe
(except Canada)
OANZ
Not for sale in Australia and New Zealand
OBE
World rights except United Kingdom and Commonwealth
OBEEI
World rights except United Kingdom, Commonwealth,
Europe, and Israel
OISC
Not for sale in Indian subcontinent
OLACAR
Not for sale in Latin America or the Caribbean
OMEIPSAA Not for sale in Middle East, Indian Subcontinent, South Asia,
Southeast Asia, or Australia
USA
For sale in the United States and its dependencies only

In the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic:
Ms. Adena Siegel
TEL: 860-491-9047 FAX: 860-491-5265
[email protected]
In NC, SC, TN, VA, WV:
Mr. Wayne Donnell
George Scheer Associates
TEL: 1-800-265-8504 FAX: 336-854-6908
[email protected]
In AL, FL, GA, MS, :
Mr. Tom Murphy
George Scheer Associates
TEL: 404-378-8527 FAX: 404-601-7408
[email protected]
In AR, LA, OK, TX:
Ms. Elaine Rathgeber
George Scheer Associates
TEL: 512-336-3867 FAX: 512-336-3861
[email protected]

All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice.

120

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u

(

h a r va rd

u n i ve r s i t y

p re s s

In Canada:
Mr. David Stimpson
University Press Group
164 Hillsdale Ave. East
Toronto, Ontario M4S 1T5 Canada
TEL: 416-484-8296 FAX: 416-484-0602
[email protected]
In Central America:
Ms. Cynthia Zimpfer
Zimpfer Books Latin America
Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico
TEL & FAX: 52-777-310-3846
[email protected]
In the Caribbean:
Ms. Cynthia Zimpfer
Zimpfer Books Caribbean
USA TEL & FAX: 1-973-378-2462
[email protected]
In China:
Ms. Wei Zhao
Everest International Publishing Services
2-1-503 UHN International
Beijing 100028, China
TEL: 86-10-5130-1051 FAX: 86-10-5130-1052
[email protected]
In Hong Kong:
Ms. Jane Lam
Aromix Books Company Ltd.
Unit 7, 8/F, Blk B
Hoi Luen Industrial Ctr.
No 55, Hoi Yuen Rd., Kwun Tong
Kowloon, Hong Kong
TEL: 852-2749-1288 FAX: 852-2749-0068
[email protected]
In Israel:
Mr. Rodney Franklin
Rodney Franklin Agency
P.O.B. 37727, Tel Aviv 61376, Israel
TEL: +972-3-5600-724
FAX: +972-3-5600-479
[email protected]
In Japan:
Mr. Gilles Fauveau
Rockbook Inc.
2-3-25, 9 Fl., Kudanminami
Chiyoda-Ku
Tokyo, 102-0074, Japan
TEL: +81-3-3264-0144 FAX: +81-3-3264-0440
[email protected]
In South Korea:
Mr. Se-Yung Jun & Ms. Min-Hwa Yoo
Information & Culture Korea
473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-ku
Seoul, Korea 121-842
TEL: 82-2-3141-4791 FAX: 82-2-3141-7733
[email protected]

EUROPEAN OFFICE

In Southeast Asia:
In Singapore:
Mr. Phillip Ang
ChoiceTEXTS (Asia) Pte Ltd
7 Kampong Bahru Road
Singapore 169342
TEL: +65 6324 3616 FAX: +65 6324 5669
[email protected]
In Malaysia & Brunei:
Mr. Simon Tay
Apex Knowledge Sdn Bhd
12 Jalan Pemberita U1/49
Temasya Industrial Park, Glenmarie Seksyen U1
40150 Shah Alam, Selangor
Malaysia
TEL: +603-5569 1696 FAX: +603-5569 1884
[email protected]
In Philippines:
Ms. Jean Lim
MegaTEXTS Phil., Inc.
Room 503, One Corporate Plaza Condominium
845 Amaiz Road
San Lorenzo Village, 1200 Makati City
Philippines
TEL: +63-2-813 5814 FAX: +63-2-840 2760
[email protected]
In Thailand:
Ms. Suphaluck Sattabuz
Booknet Co., Ltd.
8 Krungthep Krethat 8 Yaek 8
Huamark Bangkapi
Bangkok 10240, Thailand
TEL: 66 (0)2 769 3888 FAX: 66 (0)2 379 5183
[email protected]
In Taiwan:
B.K. Norton, Ms. Meihua Sun
5F, 60, Roosevelt Rd. Sec. 4
Taipei 100 Taiwan
TEL: +886-2-6632-0088
FAX: +886-2-6632-9772
[email protected]
SALES REPRESENTATION &
EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTION

In Australia & NZ:
Inbooks – c/o James Bennett Pty. Ltd.
Ms. Alexa Burnell, 3 Narabang Way
Belrose NSW 2085 Australia
TEL: +61-2-9986-7037 FAX: +61-2-9986-7090
[email protected]
SALES DISTRIBUTION (NONEXCLUSIVE)

In Japan:
United Publishers Services
1-32-5 Higashi Shinagawa
Shiagawa-Ku, Tokyo 140-0002 Japan
TEL: 03-5479-7251 FAX: 03-5479-7303
In Malaysia:
YUHA Associates
Mr. Ahmad Zahar Kamaruddin
No. 17, Jalan Bola Jaring,
13/15, Seksyen 13, 40000 Shah Alam
Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia
TEL: 03-5511 9799 FAX: 03-5519 4677
[email protected]

The United Kingdom, Continental Europe, Eire,
the Middle East, Africa, India, and Pakistan:
Information and catalogues:
Harvard University Press
Fitzroy House,
11 Chenies Street, London
WC1E 7EY England
TEL: +44-(0)207-306-0603
FAX: +44-(0)207-306-0604
[email protected]
Orders:
Harvard University Press
c/o John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
Southern Cross Trading Estate
1 Oldlands Way
Bognor Regis, W. Sussex
PO22 9SA, England
TEL: +44-(0)1243-779777
FAX: +44-(0)1243 843303
[email protected]


European publication will be one
month later than the date given in
the catalog.

Please note area sales restrictions
outlined on page 108.

Discount codes do not apply to the
territories listed at right.

VAT may be charged in EC countries
at the appropriate national rate.

Customers should include their
VAT registration number/exemption
details with order.

Billing in Euros is possible within the
Euro Zone.

Contact John Wiley at the address
above for more details.

SALES REPRESENTATION

SALES DISTRIBUTION (NONEXCLUSIVE)

In France, Benelux, & Scandinavia:
Academic Book Promotions
Attn: Fred Hermans
Hoofdstraat 261
1611 AG Bovenkarspel
The Netherlands
TEL: +31-(0) 228-516664
FAX: +31-(0) 228-518384
[email protected]

In Africa (including Cameroon,
Ethiopia, Gambia, Ghana, Kenya,
Malawi, Mauritius, Nigeria, Rwanda,
Tanzania, Uganda, & Zambia):
Tony Moggach (IMA)
14 York Rise
London NW5 1ST, England
TEL: +44 (0) 207 267 8054
FAX: +44 (0) 207 485 8462
[email protected]

In Germany, Austria,
Switzerland, & Italy:
Uwe Lüdemann
Schleiermacherstr. 8
D-10961 Berlin, Germany
TEL: +49-30-69508189
FAX: +49-30-69508190
[email protected]
In Pakistan:
Saleem Malik
World Press
27/A, Al-Firdous Ave.
Faiz Road Muslim Town
Lahore, 54600, Pakistan
TEL: +042-3588-1617
[email protected]
In Poland, Hungary, Slovenia,
the Czech Republic, Slovakia,
Croatia, Russia, Lithuania, Latvia,
Estonia, Romania, Serbia, Albania,
& Bosnia & Herzegovina:
Ewa Ledochowicz
PO Box 8
05-520 Konstancin-Jeziorna
Poland
TEL: + 4822 754 1764 FAX: + 4822 756 4572
[email protected]
In Southern Africa:
Cory Voigt, Palgrave
Private Bag X19
Northlands (Johannesburg)
2116 South Africa
TEL: +27 11 731 3300 FAX: +27 11 731 3569
[email protected]
In Spain & Portugal:
Christopher Humphrys
Calle Teodoro de Molina 9
Apartado 83
29480 Gaucin, Malaga
Spain
TEL: (+34) 952-151462 FAX: (+34) 952-151463
[email protected]

In India:
Mediamatics
59/10, Prince Bakhtiar Shah Road
Kolkata – 700 033, India
TEL: 033 32009632/32957955
FAX: 033 24227924
[email protected]
In Iran:
Mr. Farhad Maftoon
Jahan Adib Publishing
1st Floor, No 12, Behesht-Aaeen Alley
Davazdah-e-Farvardin St.
Enghelab Ave., Tehran 13149-63951 Iran
TEL: +98 (0)21- 6696 9111 - 6697 1329 - 66412126 & 7
TEL/FAX: +98 (0) 21 66971329
Cell: +98 (0) 912 114 0671
[email protected]
www.jahanadib.com
In Cyprus, Jordan, Malta,
Morocco, Tunisia, & Turkey:
Claire de Gruchy
Avicenna Partnership Ltd.
PO Box 484
Oxford OX2 9W Q, England
TEL: +44 (0) 7771 887843
[email protected]
In Bahrain, Egypt, Iraq, Kuwait,
Lebanon, Libya, Oman, Qatar,
Saudi Arabia, Syria,
Sudan, UAE, & Yemen:
Bill Kennedy
Avicenna Partnership Ltd.
PO Box 484
Oxford OX2 9W Q, England
TEL: +44 (0) 7802 244457
FAX: +44 (0) 1387 247375
[email protected]

N O N -P R O F I T O R G .
U.S. P O S TA G E
PAID
B O S T O N , MA
P E R M I T N O.
2709

harvard university press
79 garden street 3 cambridge ma 02138
www.hup.harvard.edu